WO2021031874A1 - Signal transmission method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Signal transmission method and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021031874A1
WO2021031874A1 PCT/CN2020/107624 CN2020107624W WO2021031874A1 WO 2021031874 A1 WO2021031874 A1 WO 2021031874A1 CN 2020107624 W CN2020107624 W CN 2020107624W WO 2021031874 A1 WO2021031874 A1 WO 2021031874A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
uplink signal
signal
downlink
uplink
group
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/107624
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
王磊
王闻今
高西奇
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2021031874A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021031874A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/04Arrangements for maintaining operational condition
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B1/00Details of transmission systems, not covered by a single one of groups H04B3/00 - H04B13/00; Details of transmission systems not characterised by the medium used for transmission
    • H04B1/69Spread spectrum techniques
    • H04B1/707Spread spectrum techniques using direct sequence modulation
    • H04B1/7097Interference-related aspects

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communication technology, in particular to a signal transmission method and communication device.
  • the scenarios involved in wireless communication systems include but are not limited to enhanced mobile broadband (eMMB), ultra-reliable low-latency communications (URLLC), and massive machine type communications (mMTC) .
  • eMBB enhanced mobile broadband
  • URLLC ultra-reliable low-latency communications
  • mMTC massive machine type communications
  • the eMBB scenario emphasizes high throughput
  • the URLLC scenario emphasizes high reliability and low latency
  • the mMTC scenario emphasizes massive connections.
  • UE user equipment
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a signal transmission method and a communication device, which can reduce interference between uplink signals.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a signal transmission method.
  • the method includes: receiving a first downlink signal, and determining a first uplink signal from a first uplink signal packet, and the first uplink signal packet is related to the first uplink signal packet.
  • the downlink signal corresponds, and the first uplink signal is sent.
  • the uplink signals selected by UEs with similar channel characteristics are as orthogonal as possible, thereby reducing uplink signal interference and improving the overall performance of the system.
  • the correspondence in "the first uplink signal group corresponds to the first downlink signal” may also be referred to as association, mapping, binding, and matching.
  • the first downlink signal is included in N downlink signals.
  • the N downlink signals can be distinguished from each other by one or more of several parameters: sequence generation parameters, time-frequency resources, spreading codes, and cyclic shift values.
  • N is a positive integer, such as an integer of 1, 2, 3 or greater, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • One possible application scenario where N is configured as 1 is: the number of users in the cell is small.
  • the N downlink signals are respectively generated by N different sequence generation parameters.
  • the sequence may be a pseudo-noise (PN) sequence, a ZC (zadoff-chu) sequence or other types of sequences.
  • PN pseudo-noise
  • ZC zadoff-chu
  • different sequence generation parameters include: the sequence generation formula is different; or the sequence generation formula is the same, but the parameters in the formula are different.
  • the same sequence generation parameters include: the sequence generation formula is the same, and the parameters in the formula are also the same.
  • the ZC sequence the ZC sequence generated using different roots is the ZC sequence generated using different sequence generation parameters.
  • the PN sequence the PN sequence generated by using different initial values is the PN sequence generated by using different sequence generation parameters.
  • the above N downlink signals can be distinguished by different cyclic shift values.
  • the N downlink signals are N sequences respectively generated from the same basic sequence using N cyclic shift values.
  • the basic sequence refers to a sequence generated by a sequence generation formula, such as a ZC sequence or a PN sequence.
  • the basic sequence can also be called a root sequence, and the basic sequence has not undergone operations such as cyclic shift and spreading.
  • the above-mentioned N downlink signals can be distinguished by different time-frequency resources.
  • the N downlink signals are respectively mapped on the N time-frequency resources.
  • the above N downlink signals can be distinguished by different spreading codes.
  • the N downlink signals are N sequences generated from the same basic sequence using N spreading codes.
  • the first uplink signal packet is included in M uplink signal packets.
  • the group of uplink signals includes Q uplink signals
  • one of the Q uplink signals is a basic sequence corresponding to the group of uplink signals. Obtained by cyclic shift, or the one uplink signal is obtained by spreading a basic sequence corresponding to the group of uplink signals, or the one uplink signal is obtained by cyclic shifting a basic sequence corresponding to the group of uplink signals And spread spectrum.
  • the one uplink signal is mapped to the corresponding time-frequency resource for transmission.
  • M and Q are positive integers, and the number of uplink signals included in any two different uplink signal groups may be the same or different, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the M uplink signal groups correspond to M different sequence generation parameters one by one.
  • the M sequence generation parameters may be M ZC roots, or the M sequence generation parameters may be the initial values of M PN sequences.
  • at least one of the following parameters of different uplink signals in the uplink signal group is different: cyclic shift value, time-frequency resource, and spreading code.
  • one uplink signal group in the M uplink signal groups corresponds to at least one sequence generation parameter, and sequence generation parameters corresponding to different uplink signal groups are different.
  • the number of sequence generation parameters corresponding to any two different uplink signal groups may be the same or different, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • at least one of the following parameters of different uplink signals in the uplink signal group is different: sequence generation parameters, cyclic shift values, time-frequency resources, and spreading codes.
  • Grouping the uplink signals can try to ensure that the uplink signals in the group remain orthogonal or approximately remain orthogonal, so that UEs with similar channel characteristics (such as angle-of-arrival (AOA)) can select uplinks from the same group Signals are sent, and multiple uplink signals in the same group are orthogonal or have relatively low correlation, which can reduce interference between uplink signals.
  • AOA angle-of-arrival
  • the M uplink signal groups correspond to M different cyclic shift values one by one.
  • the basic sequence is a ZC sequence
  • the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the M uplink signal groups are the same
  • the M uplink signal groups are M groups of sequences generated by the same basic sequence using M cyclic shift values, or Multiple basic sequences are generated by using less than M cyclic shift values.
  • Multiple uplink signals in each uplink signal group correspond to the same cyclic shift value.
  • Different uplink signal groups correspond to different cyclic shift values. .
  • at least one of the following parameters of different uplink signals in the uplink signal group is different: basic sequence, spreading code, and time-frequency resource.
  • one uplink signal group in the M uplink signal groups corresponds to at least one cyclic shift value
  • different uplink signal groups correspond to different cyclic shift values
  • the number of cyclic shift values corresponding to any two different uplink signal groups may be the same or different, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • at least one of the following parameters of different uplink signals in the uplink signal group is different: basic sequence, cyclic shift value, time-frequency resource, and spreading code.
  • Grouping uplink signals by cyclic shift values has another advantage. If the basic sequence generates multiple uplink signals through multiple different cyclic shifts, when the uplink access timing error varies widely, it may exceed the minimum The interval of the cyclic shift value will cause the access performance to decrease. Grouping by the cyclic shift value can ensure that the uplink signal in the group corresponds to only one or a small number of cyclic shift values, expand the interval between multiple cyclic shift values, and ensure the performance of access. Among them, the uplink access timing error has a large variation range. It can also be understood that the variation range of the uplink access timing error is greater than the interval of the cyclic shift value. The interval of the cyclic shift value can be understood as the difference of the cyclic shift value. .
  • different time-frequency resources can be used to distinguish the foregoing M uplink signal groups.
  • the M uplink signal groups correspond to M different time-frequency resources one by one.
  • the uplink signals in different uplink signal groups are respectively mapped to different time-frequency resources.
  • at least one of the following parameters of different uplink signals in the uplink signal group is different: basic sequence, cyclic shift value and spreading code.
  • one uplink signal group in the M uplink signal groups corresponds to at least one time-frequency resource, and different uplink signal groups correspond to different time-frequency resources.
  • the number of time-frequency resources corresponding to any two different uplink signal groups may be the same or different, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • at least one of the following parameters of different uplink signals in the uplink signal group is different: basic sequence, cyclic shift value, time-frequency resource, and spreading code.
  • Different time-frequency resources are used to distinguish different uplink signal groups, which can reduce the interference between uplink signals between groups and ensure the orthogonality of uplink signals between groups as much as possible, so that more identical sequences can be configured as uplink signals between groups , So that more UEs can transmit uplink signals simultaneously in the cell, which can increase the system data transmission rate.
  • different spreading codes can be used to distinguish the foregoing M uplink signal groups.
  • the M uplink signal groups correspond to M different spreading codes one by one.
  • the basic sequence is a ZC sequence
  • the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the M uplink signal groups are the same
  • the M uplink signal groups are M groups of sequences generated by using M spreading codes for the same basic sequence.
  • at least one of the following parameters of different uplink signals in the uplink signal group is different: basic sequence, cyclic shift value, and time-frequency resource.
  • one uplink signal group in the M uplink signal groups corresponds to at least one spreading code
  • different uplink signal groups correspond to different spreading codes.
  • the number of spreading codes corresponding to any two different uplink signal groups may be the same or different, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • at least one of the following parameters of different uplink signals in the uplink signal group is different: basic sequence, cyclic shift value, time-frequency resource, and spreading code.
  • Different uplink signal groups can be distinguished by different spreading codes, which can reduce the interference between uplink signals between groups, and ensure the orthogonality of uplink signals between groups as much as possible, so that more identical sequences can be configured as uplink signals between groups , So that more UEs can transmit uplink signals simultaneously in the cell, which can increase the system data transmission rate.
  • two, three or four parameters of sequence generation parameters, cyclic shift values, time-frequency resources, and spreading codes can be combined to distinguish the foregoing M uplink signal groups.
  • the foregoing M uplink signal groups may be distinguished by different sequence generation parameters and/or different time-frequency resources; or, the foregoing M uplink signal groups may be distinguished by different sequence generation parameters and/or different spreading codes.
  • Uplink signal grouping; or, the above M uplink signal groups can be distinguished by different time-frequency resources and/or different spreading codes; or, different time-frequency resources, different sequence generation parameters, and/or different To distinguish the above M uplink signal packets.
  • the method further includes: receiving configuration parameters of N downlink signals, where the N downlink signals include the aforementioned first downlink signal, where N is a positive integer.
  • the configuration parameter of this downlink signal is used to indicate at least one of the following: the identifier of the downlink signal, the time domain resource parameter of the downlink signal, and the downlink signal The frequency domain resource parameters of the downlink signal, the sequence generation parameter of the downlink signal, the spreading code parameter of the downlink signal, and the cyclic shift parameter of the downlink signal.
  • the sequence generation parameters include one or more of the following: the type of sequence generation mode, and the generation parameters.
  • the types of sequence generation methods include ZC sequence generation methods or PN sequence generation methods. If it is a ZC sequence generation method, the generation parameter is the root of the ZC sequence; if it is a PN sequence generation method, the generation parameter is the initial value of the PN sequence.
  • the parameter of the spreading code includes the index of the spreading code.
  • the parameter of the cyclic shift includes the index of the cyclic shift value.
  • the method further includes: receiving configuration parameters of M uplink signal packets, the M uplink signal packets include the foregoing first uplink signal packet, and M is a positive integer.
  • the configuration parameter of the one uplink signal group is used to indicate at least one of the following: the identifier of the one uplink signal group, the time domain of each uplink signal in the one uplink signal group Resource parameters, frequency domain resource parameters of each uplink signal in the one uplink signal group, sequence generation parameters of each uplink signal in the one uplink signal group, parameters of the spreading code of each uplink signal in the one uplink signal group, and the A parameter of the cyclic shift of each uplink signal in an uplink signal group.
  • the configuration parameter of the one downlink signal is also used to indicate the uplink signal group corresponding to this downlink signal.
  • the configuration parameter of the above-mentioned uplink signal group is also used to indicate the downlink signal corresponding to this uplink signal group.
  • the method further includes: receiving first signaling, where the first signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between N downlink signals and M uplink signal groups, and among the N downlink signals The first downlink signal is included, and the M uplink signal packets include the first uplink signal packet.
  • the time domain resource parameters of different uplink signals in the first uplink signal group are different, and/or the frequency domain resource parameters of different uplink signals in the first uplink signal group are different, and/or,
  • the sequence generation parameters of the different uplink signals in the first uplink signal group are different, and/or the parameters of the spreading codes of the different uplink signals in the first uplink signal group are different, and/or, the parameters in the first uplink signal group are different.
  • the parameters of the cyclic shift of the uplink signal are different.
  • the above uplink signal includes a random access preamble (preamble) or a demodulation reference signal (DMRS).
  • preamble a random access preamble
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • the aforementioned downlink signal includes a reference signal, a synchronization signal, or a broadcast signal.
  • the foregoing receiving configuration parameters of N downlink signals includes: receiving radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling, where the RRC carries the configuration parameters of the N downlink signals.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the foregoing receiving configuration parameters of the M uplink signal packets includes: receiving RRC signaling, where the RRC carries the configuration parameters of the M uplink signal packets.
  • the foregoing first signaling includes RRC signaling, and the RRC carries the correspondence between the foregoing N downlink signals and the foregoing M uplink signal groups.
  • the above-mentioned RRC signaling includes system information (SIB) or dedicated RRC signaling.
  • SIB system information
  • dedicated RRC signaling dedicated RRC signaling.
  • the execution subject of the method provided in the first aspect may be a terminal device or a chip system inside the terminal device.
  • the identifier of the downlink signal may also be referred to as the index of the downlink signal.
  • the identifier of the uplink signal group may also be referred to as the index of the uplink signal group.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a signal transmission method.
  • the method includes: sending a first downlink signal, receiving a first uplink signal, the first uplink signal is included in a first uplink signal packet, and the first The uplink signal group corresponds to the first downlink signal.
  • the method further includes: sending configuration parameters of N downlink signals, where the N downlink signals include the first downlink signal, where N is a positive integer.
  • N is a positive integer.
  • the method further includes: sending configuration parameters of M uplink signal packets, where the M uplink signal packets include the foregoing first uplink signal packet, and M is a positive integer.
  • M is a positive integer.
  • the configuration parameter of this downlink signal is also used to indicate the uplink signal group corresponding to this downlink signal.
  • the configuration parameter of this uplink signal group is also used to indicate the downlink signal corresponding to this uplink signal group.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present application further includes: sending first signaling, where the first signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between N downlink signals and M uplink signal groups, and the N The downlink signal includes the first downlink signal, and the M uplink signal packets include the first uplink signal packet.
  • the time domain resource parameters of different uplink signals in the first uplink signal group are different, and/or the frequency domain resource parameters of different uplink signals in the first uplink signal group are different, and/ Or, the sequence generation parameters of different uplink signals in the first uplink signal group are different, and/or the parameters of the spreading codes of different uplink signals in the first uplink signal group are different, and/or, the first uplink signal group
  • the cyclic shift parameters of different uplink signals in the signal group are different.
  • the aforementioned first uplink signal includes a random access preamble sequence or a demodulation reference signal DMRS.
  • sending the configuration parameters of the N downlink signals includes: sending RRC signaling, and the RRC carries the configuration parameters of the N downlink signals.
  • sending the configuration parameters of the M uplink signal packets includes sending RRC signaling, and the RRC carries the configuration parameters of the M uplink signal packets.
  • the foregoing first signaling includes RRC signaling, and the RRC carries the correspondence between the foregoing N downlink signals and the foregoing M uplink signal groups.
  • the foregoing RRC signaling includes system message SIB or dedicated RRC signaling.
  • the execution subject of the method provided in the first aspect may be a network device (such as a base station) or a chip system inside the network device.
  • the identifier of the downlink signal may also be referred to as the index of the downlink signal.
  • the identifier of the uplink signal group may also be referred to as the index of the uplink signal group.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a device, which may be a terminal device, a device in a terminal device, or a device that can be matched and used with the terminal device.
  • the device may include modules that perform one-to-one correspondence of the methods/operations/steps/actions described in the first aspect.
  • the modules may be hardware circuits, software, or hardware circuits combined with software.
  • the device may include a processing unit and a communication unit.
  • a communication unit for receiving the first downlink signal
  • a processing unit configured to determine a first uplink signal from a first uplink signal group, where the first uplink signal group corresponds to the first downlink signal;
  • the aforementioned communication unit is also used to send the first uplink signal.
  • the specific content of the grouping of the first downlink signal and the first uplink signal may refer to the specific description of the grouping of the first downlink signal and the first uplink signal in the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the aforementioned communication unit is further configured to receive configuration parameters of N downlink signals, and the aforementioned N downlink signals include the aforementioned first downlink signal, where N is a positive integer.
  • N is a positive integer.
  • the foregoing communication unit is further configured to receive configuration parameters of M uplink signal packets, where the M uplink signal packets include the first uplink signal packet, and M is a positive integer.
  • M is a positive integer.
  • the above-mentioned communication unit is further configured to receive first signaling, and the first signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between N downlink signals and M uplink signal groups.
  • the N downlink signals include the first downlink signal
  • the M uplink signal packets include the first uplink signal packet
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a device, which may be a network device, a device in a network device, or a device that can be used in matching with the network device.
  • the device may include modules that perform one-to-one correspondence of the methods/operations/steps/actions described in the second aspect.
  • the modules may be hardware circuits, software, or hardware circuits combined with software.
  • the device may include a processing unit and a communication unit.
  • the communication unit is further configured to receive a first uplink signal, the first uplink signal is included in a first uplink signal group, and the first uplink signal group corresponds to the first downlink signal.
  • the specific content of the grouping of the first downlink signal and the first uplink signal may refer to the specific description of the grouping of the first downlink signal and the first uplink signal in the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the foregoing communication unit is further configured to send configuration parameters of N downlink signals, and the foregoing N downlink signals include the foregoing first downlink signal, where N is a positive integer.
  • N is a positive integer.
  • the above-mentioned communication unit is further configured to send configuration parameters of M uplink signal packets, the M uplink signal packets include the first uplink signal packet, and M is a positive integer.
  • the configuration parameter refer to the corresponding description in the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the aforementioned communication unit is also used to send first signaling, where the first signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between N downlink signals and M uplink signal groups.
  • the N downlink signals include the first downlink signal
  • the M uplink signal packets include the first uplink signal packet
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a device, which includes a processor, configured to implement the method described in the first aspect.
  • the device may also include a memory for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory is coupled or integrated with the processor, and when the processor executes the instructions stored in the memory, the method described in the first aspect can be implemented.
  • the device may also include a communication interface, which is used for the device to communicate with other devices.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, circuit, bus, module, or other type of communication interface, and other devices may be Internet equipment.
  • the device includes:
  • Memory used to store program instructions
  • a processor configured to use a communication interface to receive the first downlink signal
  • the processor is further configured to determine a first uplink signal from a first uplink signal group, where the first uplink signal group corresponds to the first downlink signal;
  • the processor is further configured to use a communication interface to send the first uplink signal.
  • the specific content of the grouping of the first downlink signal and the first uplink signal may refer to the specific description of the grouping of the first downlink signal and the first uplink signal in the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the processor is further configured to use a communication interface to receive configuration parameters of N downlink signals, where the N downlink signals include the first downlink signal, where N is a positive integer.
  • N is a positive integer.
  • the processor is further configured to use a communication interface to receive configuration parameters of M uplink signal packets, the M uplink signal packets include the first uplink signal packet, and M is a positive integer.
  • M is a positive integer.
  • the processor is further configured to use a communication interface to receive first signaling, where the first signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between N downlink signals and M uplink signal groups.
  • the N downlink signals include the first downlink signal
  • the M uplink signal groups include the first uplink signal group.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a device, which includes a processor, configured to implement the method described in the second aspect.
  • the device may also include a memory for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory is coupled or integrated with the processor, and when the processor executes the instructions stored in the memory, the method described in the second aspect can be implemented.
  • the device may also include a communication interface, which is used for the device to communicate with other devices.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, circuit, bus, module, or other type of communication interface, and other devices may be Terminal Equipment.
  • the device includes:
  • Memory used to store program instructions
  • a processor configured to use the communication interface to send the first downlink signal
  • the processor is further configured to receive a first uplink signal by using a communication interface, the first uplink signal is included in a first uplink signal group, and the first uplink signal group corresponds to the first downlink signal.
  • the specific content of the grouping of the first downlink signal and the first uplink signal may refer to the specific description of the grouping of the first downlink signal and the first uplink signal in the second aspect, which is not specifically limited here. .
  • the processor is further configured to use a communication interface to send configuration parameters of N downlink signals, where the N downlink signals include the first downlink signal, where N is a positive integer.
  • N is a positive integer.
  • the processor is further configured to send configuration parameters of M uplink signal packets by using a communication interface, the M uplink signal packets include the first uplink signal packet, and M is a positive integer.
  • the configuration parameter refer to the corresponding description in the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the processor is further configured to use a communication interface to send first signaling, where the first signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between the N downlink signals and the M uplink signal groups.
  • the N downlink signals include the first downlink signal
  • the M uplink signal groups include the first uplink signal group.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method described in the first aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method described in the second aspect.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product containing instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method described in the first aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method described in the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system.
  • the chip system includes a processor and may also include a memory for implementing the functions of the network device in the above method.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, or can include chips and other discrete devices.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system.
  • the chip system includes a processor and may also include a memory for realizing the functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, or can include chips and other discrete devices.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a system that includes the device described in the third aspect or the fifth aspect and the device described in the fourth or sixth aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a wireless communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a signal transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 3 to 13 are schematic diagrams of uplink signal grouping modes provided by embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of correlation values between received signals and sent signals corresponding to different cyclic shift values provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figures 22-23 are schematic diagrams of configuration modes of the correspondence between downlink signals and uplink signal groups provided by embodiments of the present application;
  • FIGS. 24-27 are schematic diagrams of the logical structure of devices provided by embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication chip provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1 shows an example of a wireless communication system involved in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the wireless communication system 100 includes communication devices, and the communication devices can use air interface resources for wireless communication.
  • the communication device may include a network device 101 and a terminal device 102, and the network device 101 may also be referred to as a network side device.
  • the air interface resources may include at least one of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, code resources, and space resources.
  • the network device 101 may perform wireless communication with the terminal device 102 through one or more antennas. Each network device 101 can provide communication coverage for its corresponding coverage area 104. The coverage area 104 corresponding to the network device 101 may be divided into multiple cells or multiple sectors, where one cell or one sector corresponds to a part of the coverage area (not shown). The network device 101 can communicate with the terminal device 102 through the wireless air interface 105. The network device 101 and the network device 101 may also communicate with each other directly or indirectly through an interface 107 (such as an X2/Xn interface).
  • the numbers of network devices 101 and terminal devices 102 in FIG. 1 are only for example, and they do not constitute a limitation on the application scope of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the terminal device 102 involved in the embodiments of the present application can also be called a terminal, and can be a device with wireless transceiver function. It can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle-mounted; or on water ( Such as ships, etc.); can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons and satellites, etc.).
  • the terminal device may be a user equipment (UE), where the UE includes a handheld device with a wireless communication function, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, or a computing device.
  • the UE may be a machine type communication (MTC) terminal, a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer, or a computer with a wireless transceiver function.
  • MTC machine type communication
  • Terminal equipment can also be virtual reality (VR) terminal equipment, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in unmanned driving, wireless terminals in telemedicine, and smart Wireless terminals in power grids, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, and so on.
  • the device used to implement the function of the terminal may be a terminal; it may also be a device capable of supporting the terminal to implement the function, such as a chip system.
  • the device may be installed in the terminal or used in conjunction with the terminal.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the device for implementing the functions of the terminal is a terminal or UE as an example to describe the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the network equipment involved in the embodiments of the present application includes a base station (base station, BS), which may be a device that is deployed in a wireless access network and can communicate with a terminal wirelessly.
  • the base station may have many forms, such as macro base stations, micro base stations, relay stations, and access points.
  • the base station involved in the embodiment of the present application may be a base station in a fifth generation (5G) mobile communication system or a base station in a long term evolution (LTE) system, where the base station in 5G It can also be called a transmission reception point (TRP) or next-generation Node B (gNB).
  • 5G fifth generation
  • LTE long term evolution
  • TRP transmission reception point
  • gNB next-generation Node B
  • the device used to implement the function of the network device may be a network device; it may also be a device capable of supporting the network device to implement the function, such as a chip system, which may be installed in the network device or connected to the network device. Matching use.
  • the device for implementing the functions of the network equipment is a network device or a base station as an example to describe the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the wireless communication system 100 is not limited to an LTE system, and may also be a 5G system, a wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) system, or a future evolution system.
  • the 5G system can also be called a new radio (NR) system.
  • the wireless communication system 100 may also be an Internet of Things (IoT) system, a machine type communication (MTC) system, a massive machine type communications (mMTC) system, and an enhanced machine type communication ( enhanced machine type communications, eMTC) system, etc.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • MTC machine type communication
  • mMTC massive machine type communications
  • eMTC enhanced machine type communication
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to wireless communication between communication devices.
  • the wireless communication between communication devices may include, but is not limited to: wireless communication between a network device and a terminal, wireless communication between a network device and a network device, and wireless communication between a terminal and a terminal.
  • wireless communication can also be referred to as "communication” for short
  • communication can also be described as "data transmission", "information transmission” or “transmission”.
  • the data transmission between the network device and the terminal includes: the network device sends a signal to the terminal; and/or, the terminal sends a signal to the network device.
  • the technical solution provided by the embodiments of the application can be used for wireless communication between a scheduling entity and a subordinate entity, and those skilled in the art can use the technical solution for wireless communication between other scheduling entities and subordinate entities, such as macro base stations and micro base stations.
  • the terminal device 102 may access the network device 101 or a system including the network device 101 through a random access process, and perform uplink data transmission and/or downlink data transmission with the network device 101.
  • the terminal device 102 may send a random access preamble sequence (preamble) to the network device 101, and the network device 101 detects the preamble and performs corresponding feedback.
  • the terminal device 102 may send a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) to the network device 101 for use in the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) and / Or related demodulation of physical uplink control channel (PUCCH).
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • the DMRS of PUSCH and PUCCH may be the same or different, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the uplink signal mentioned in the embodiment of this application includes but is not limited to a preamble or a reference signal, for example, it may also be a PUSCH or PUCCH.
  • Reference signals include but are not limited to DMRS or sounding reference signals (SRS).
  • the reference signal can also be called a pilot.
  • system and “network” in the embodiments of this application can be selected interchangeably.
  • Signals can also be described as sequences, data, etc. At least one can also be described as one or more, and multiple can be two, three, four or more, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit it.
  • “a plurality of” may also be understood as “at least two”.
  • “And/or” describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone.
  • the character "/" unless otherwise specified, generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or” relationship.
  • the technical feature is distinguished by “first”, “second”, “third”, “A”, “B”, “C”, and “D”.
  • the technical features in the “first”, “second”, “third”, “A”, “B”, “C” and “D” describe the technical features in no order or size order.
  • the UE randomly selects a preamble sequence to send in one or more optional preamble sequences. If two or more UEs simultaneously select non-orthogonal preamble sequences for transmission, it will cause interference to the receiving end. Especially when the channel characteristics of these UEs are relatively similar (for example, these UEs are very close), the interference will be more serious. At this time, the base station cannot correctly detect the preamble sent by each UE, and the access success rate of the UE will decrease. For the mMTC scenario, there may be many UEs performing uplink transmission at the same time in the cell, and the above situation may be more serious.
  • multiple UEs may also send data and reference signals (for example, demodulation reference signals (DMRS)) on the same or partially the same time-frequency resources.
  • DMRS demodulation reference signals
  • the reference signal used by the UE may not be scheduled by the base station, but selected by the UE through random or specific rules. If the reference signals selected by multiple UEs have high correlation and the channel characteristics of these UEs are relatively close, the interference of the reference signals between the UEs will be more serious.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a signal transmission method.
  • the signal transmission method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
  • the first communication device sends a first downlink signal
  • the second communication device receives the first downlink signal.
  • the second communication device determines a first uplink signal from the first uplink signal group, and the first uplink signal group corresponds to the first downlink signal.
  • the second communication device sends the first uplink signal, and the first communication device receives the first uplink signal.
  • the first communication device may be a network device, or a software module, hardware circuit, chip, chip system, or other device that can be installed in the network device or can be matched with the network device.
  • the second communication device may be a terminal device, or a software module, hardware circuit, chip, chip system, or other device that can be installed in the terminal device or can be matched with the terminal device.
  • the first communication device is a network device or a base station
  • the second communication device is a terminal device or UE as an example for description below.
  • multiple uplink signals may be grouped into M uplink signal groups, and each uplink signal group includes a positive integer number of uplink signals.
  • the number of uplink signals included in different uplink signal groups may be the same or different, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the positive integer may be an integer of 1, 2, 3 or greater, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
  • Different signals in each uplink signal group are orthogonal or have low correlation, and the correlation of signals between different groups may not be limited. For example, the correlation of signals between different groups may be relatively higher. Any two groups may not include the same signal. Any two groups can also include some or all of the same signals. The same signals among the packets can be separated from each other by space.
  • the receiving end (such as a network device) can distinguish uplink signals by the direction of the receiving beam.
  • different signals can generate one or more of different sequence parameters, different cyclic shift (CS) values, different time-frequency resource positions, or different spreading codes Parameters to distinguish each other.
  • CS cyclic shift
  • the sending end may obtain the signal to be sent through some or all of the following operations: sequence generation, spread spectrum, cyclic shift, precoding, resource mapping, and so on. After the signal to be sent is obtained, the signal to be sent can be sent to the receiving end.
  • sequence generation sequence generation, spread spectrum, cyclic shift, precoding, resource mapping, and so on.
  • the signal to be sent can be sent to the receiving end.
  • the execution order of the above various operations is not limited.
  • the signal to be sent can be obtained through the following operations in sequence:
  • Sequence generation cyclic shift, spread spectrum, resource mapping, precoding
  • Sequence generation spread spectrum, cyclic shift, precoding, resource mapping.
  • Sequence generation spread spectrum, cyclic shift, resource mapping, precoding.
  • the signal may be expressed as a sequence
  • the sequence may be a pseudo-noise (PN) sequence, a ZC (zadoff-chu) sequence or other kinds of sequences.
  • PN pseudo-noise
  • ZC zadoff-chu
  • different sequence generation parameters include: the sequence generation formula is different; or the sequence generation formula is the same, but one or more parameters of the formula are different.
  • the ZC sequence generated using different roots is the ZC sequence generated using different sequence generation parameters.
  • the PN sequence generated using different initial values is the PN sequence generated using different sequence generation parameters.
  • mod represents the remainder operation
  • the ZC sequence x(n) generated according to the ZC sequence generation formula, or the c(n) sequence generated according to the PN sequence generation formula (or the converted c(n) sequence ), or the sequence generated according to other sequence generation formulas is called the basic sequence or root sequence.
  • the basic sequence is a sequence that has not undergone cyclic shift and spreading operations.
  • a sequence (for example, a base sequence or a sequence subjected to a spread spectrum operation) can be cyclically shifted.
  • the cyclic shift in the frequency domain can be equivalent to the phase of each element in the sequence (for example, the phase of the element value -1 is ⁇ , and the phase of the element value +1 is 0).
  • the sequence (for example, the base sequence or the cyclically shifted sequence) can be spread spectrum operation. Multiply each element in the basic sequence with each element in the spreading code to get the spread sequence.
  • the spreading code includes but is not limited to orthogonal cover code (OCC).
  • the ZC sequence x(n) generated by the ZC sequence generation method includes 10 elements ⁇ x(1), x(2), x(3), x(4), x(5), x(6), x(7), x(8), x(9), x(10) ⁇
  • the spreading code includes 2 elements ⁇ w 1 , w 2 ⁇ , then each element in the basic sequence x(n) and Each element in the spreading code is multiplied in turn to get the sequence after spreading ⁇ x(1)*w 1 , x(2)*w 1 , x(3)*w 1 , x(4)*w 1 , x(5)*w 1 , x(6)*w 1 , x(7)*w 1 , x(8)*w 1 , x(9)*w 1 , x(10)*w 1 , x(1)*w 2 , x(2)*w 2 , x(3)*w 2 , x(4)*w 2 , x(5)*w 2 , x(6)*w 2 , x( 7)*w 2
  • the sequence after spreading can be obtained as ⁇ x(1)*w 1 , x(2)*w 2 , X(3)*w 1 , x(4)*w 2 , x(5)*w 1 , x(6)*w 2 , x(7)*w 1 , x(8)*w 2 , x (9)*w 1 , x(10)*w 2 ⁇ .
  • the spreading code can be an orthogonal superposition code, and the sequence length remains unchanged after spreading.
  • the same signal is multiplied by a corresponding coefficient for each of the multiple transmitting antennas (the antenna may be a virtual antenna port), and the same signal is transmitted on the corresponding antenna.
  • the coefficients corresponding to the multiple antennas form a vector, which may be called a precoding vector.
  • the signals sent by the multiple antennas are superimposed in the space to form a space beam.
  • the directivity of the space beam is related to the value of the precoding vector, that is, the signal transmission direction in the space can be adjusted by adjusting the value of the precoding vector.
  • the grouping manner of the uplink signal may be predefined by the protocol, or may be configured by the network device to the terminal device through signaling.
  • the purpose of uplink signal grouping is to ensure that the different signals in the group are orthogonal to each other or have low correlation.
  • the signals generated by the same basic sequence using different cyclic shift values can be divided into a group, and at least one of the following parameters of the signals in this group is different: time-frequency resource, spreading code, and cyclic shift Place value.
  • the basic sequence may be a ZC sequence, or a PN sequence, or other types of sequences.
  • DMRS can be generated according to ZC sequence, sequence 1, sequence 2, and sequence 3 can be divided into a group, these 3 sequences are generated by the same ZC sequence through different cyclic shift values, and DMRS is grouped
  • the purpose of the method is to try to ensure that the DMRS in the group are orthogonal to each other or have low correlation with each other.
  • the signals mapped on the same time-frequency resource can also be divided into a group, and the signals in this group are different in at least one of the following parameters: sequence generation parameters, spreading codes, and cyclic shift values. It is also possible to divide the signals using the same spreading code into a group, and the signals in this group are different in at least one of the following parameters: time-frequency resources, sequence generation parameters, and cyclic shift values.
  • the ZC sequence in the following embodiments can also be replaced with other types of sequences, such as PN sequence, then the sequence generation parameters of the ZC sequence (such as the root of the ZC sequence) can be replaced with the sequence generation parameters of the PN sequence (such as the initial value of x2 of the PN sequence).
  • uplink signal grouping may be performed according to sequence generation parameters.
  • Grouping uplink signals according to sequence generation parameters can also be described as grouping uplink signals according to a basic sequence or a root sequence.
  • the uplink signals corresponding to the same basic sequence can be regarded as a group, the basic sequences corresponding to the uplink signals between the groups are different, and one or more of the following parameters of the uplink signals in the group are different: time-frequency resources, spread spectrum Code and cyclic shift value. This can ensure that the uplink signals in the group remain orthogonal (different time-frequency resources or different spreading codes) or approximately remain orthogonal (different cyclic shift values).
  • the sequence is a ZC sequence, it can be grouped according to the value of the root of the ZC sequence, that is, the uplink signals corresponding to the root of a ZC sequence are grouped.
  • the sequence is a PN sequence, it can be grouped according to the initial value of the PN sequence, and the uplink signals corresponding to the initial value x2 of a PN sequence are grouped into one group.
  • u1, u2, u3 in Figure 3 represent different root sequences
  • CS1 to CS4 represent 4 different cyclic shift values
  • TF1 and TF2 represent different time-frequency resources for transmitting uplink signals.
  • the 8 uplink signals generated by u1 are divided into group 1
  • the uplink signals generated by u2 are divided into group 2
  • the uplink signals generated by u3 are divided into group 3.
  • uplink signal grouping may be performed according to sequence generation parameters.
  • the uplink signals corresponding to one or more basic sequences are regarded as a group, the basic sequences corresponding to the uplink signals are different between the groups, and one or more of the following parameters of all or part of the uplink signals in the group are different: time-frequency resources, Spreading code and cyclic shift value. This can ensure that all or part of the uplink signals in the group remain orthogonal (different time-frequency resources or different spreading codes) or approximately remain orthogonal (different cyclic shift values).
  • u1, u2, and u3 in Figure 4 represent the values of different root sequences
  • CS1 ⁇ CS4 represent 4 different cyclic shift values
  • TF1 and TF2 represent different times for transmitting uplink signals.
  • the uplink signals generated by u1 and u2 are divided into group 1
  • the uplink signals generated by u3 are divided into group 2.
  • the number of basic sequences corresponding to each group may be the same or different.
  • uplink signal grouping may be performed according to sequence generation parameters. For example, if the uplink signals corresponding to one or more basic sequences are taken as a group, the corresponding uplink signal sequence sets between the groups are not completely the same, and the corresponding uplink signal sequence sets between the groups may partially overlap.
  • the sequence is a ZC sequence, it can be grouped according to the value of the root of the ZC sequence, that is, the uplink signals corresponding to one or more ZC root sequences are grouped into one group, but the values of the ZC roots contained in different groups can be Partially overlapped.
  • u1, u2, and u3 in Figure 5 represent the values of different root sequences
  • CS1 ⁇ CS4 represent 4 different cyclic shift values
  • TF1 and TF2 represent different timings for transmitting uplink signals.
  • the uplink signals generated by u1 and u2 are divided into group 1
  • the uplink signals generated by u2 and u3 are divided into group 2.
  • the uplink signal can be grouped according to the cyclic shift value.
  • the cyclic shift value corresponding to the uplink signal between the groups is different, and one or more of the following parameters of the uplink signal in the group are different: time-frequency resource, sequence generation Parameters and spreading codes.
  • CS1 to CS4 in Figure 6 represent 4 different cyclic shift values
  • TF1 and TF2 represent different time-frequency resources used to transmit uplink signals
  • the uplink signal with a cyclic shift value of CS1 is divided To group 1, divide the uplink signal with the cyclic shift value of CS2 into group 2, divide the uplink signal with the cyclic shift value of CS3 into group 3, and divide the uplink signal with the cyclic shift value of CS4 into group 4.
  • Grouping uplink signals by cyclic shift values has another advantage.
  • the uplink access timing error when the basic sequence generates multiple uplink signals through multiple different cyclic shifts, when the uplink access timing error varies widely, it may exceed the minimum The interval of the cyclic shift value will cause the access performance to decrease. Grouping by the cyclic shift value can ensure that the uplink signal in the group corresponds to only one or a small number of cyclic shift values, expand the interval between multiple cyclic shift values, and ensure the performance of access. Among them, the uplink access timing error has a large variation range. It can also be understood that the variation range of the uplink access timing error is greater than the interval of the cyclic shift value. The interval of the cyclic shift value can be understood as the difference of the cyclic shift value. .
  • the uplink signal can be grouped according to the cyclic shift value.
  • the uplink signals corresponding to one or more cyclic shift values are regarded as a group. For example, suppose CSn is the nth (assuming that n starts counting from 1, and the value of n is a positive integer) cyclic shift value, which needs to be divided into M groups, then mod(n-1,M)+1 represents the corresponding group number (Assuming that the group number starts counting from 1).
  • the odd numbers of CS are divided into one group (that is, CS1 and CS3 correspond to group 1), and those with even numbers are divided into one group (that is, CS2 and CS4 correspond to group 2)
  • the interval between the cyclic shift values corresponding to the uplink signals in the group is relatively large, and the uplink signals in the group are different in one or more of the following: cyclic shift values, time-frequency resources, and spreading codes. This can ensure that the uplink signals in the group remain orthogonal (different time-frequency resources or different spreading codes) or approximately remain orthogonal (the cyclic shift value interval is relatively large).
  • CS1 ⁇ CS4 in Figure 7 represent 4 different cyclic shift values
  • TF1 and TF2 represent different time-frequency resources used to transmit uplink signals
  • the cyclic shift values are the uplinks of CS1 and CS3.
  • the signals are divided into group 1, and the uplink signals with cyclic shift values of CS2 and CS4 are divided into group 2.
  • the number of cyclic shift values corresponding to each group may be the same or different.
  • the corresponding cyclic shift values between groups may partially overlap.
  • uplink signals with cyclic shift values CS1 and CS3 are divided into group 1
  • uplink signals with cyclic shift values CS2 and CS3 are divided into group 2.
  • One or more of the following parameters of all or part of the uplink signals in the group are different: time-frequency resources, sequence generation parameters, and spreading codes.
  • the uplink signal can be grouped according to the sequence generation parameter and the cyclic shift value.
  • uplink signals are grouped according to different sequence generation parameters and grouped according to different cyclic shift values.
  • the uplink signals corresponding to different sequence generation parameters are allocated to different groups, and the uplink signals corresponding to different cyclic shift values are allocated to Different groupings. This can ensure that the uplink signals in the group remain orthogonal (different time-frequency resources or different spreading codes).
  • u1 and u2 in Figure 8 represent the values of different root sequences.
  • CS1 ⁇ CS2 represent two different cyclic shift values
  • TF1 and TF2 represent different times for transmitting uplink signals.
  • the uplink signal generated by the root sequence u1 and the cyclic shift value CS1 corresponds to group 1
  • the uplink signal generated by the root sequence u1 and the cyclic shift value CS2 corresponds to group 2
  • the root sequence u2 and the cyclic shift value CS1 are used.
  • the uplink signal corresponding to group 3 and the uplink signal generated using the root sequence u2 and the cyclic shift value CS2 corresponds to group 4.
  • uplink signal grouping may be performed according to time-frequency resources.
  • the time-frequency resources corresponding to the uplink signal between the groups are different, and one or more of the following parameters of the uplink signal in the group are different: sequence generation parameters, spreading codes, and Rotation value.
  • sequence generation parameters for example, as shown in Figure 9, u1 and u2 in Figure 9 represent different root sequences, CS1 ⁇ CS4 represent 4 different cyclic shift values, and TF1 and TF2 represent different time-frequency resources used to transmit uplink signals.
  • the uplink signals occupying the time-frequency resource TF1 are divided into group 1, and the uplink signals occupying the time-frequency resource TF2 are divided into group 2.
  • the uplink signals corresponding to one or more time-frequency resources may also be regarded as a group, and the time-frequency resources corresponding to the uplink signals are different between the groups.
  • the uplink signals occupying time-frequency resource 1 and time-frequency resource 2 are divided into group 1, and the uplink signals occupying time-frequency resource 3 and time-frequency resource 4 are divided into group 2.
  • the number of time-frequency resources corresponding to each group may be the same or different.
  • the corresponding time-frequency resources between groups may partially overlap.
  • the uplink signals occupying time-frequency resources 1 and 2 are divided into group 1, and the uplink signals occupying time-frequency resources 2 and 3 are divided into group 2.
  • One or more of the following parameters of all or part of the uplink signals in the group are different: sequence generation parameters, spreading codes, and cyclic shift values.
  • uplink signal grouping may also be performed according to sequence generation parameters and time-frequency resources.
  • the uplink signals are grouped according to sequence generation parameters, and grouped according to time-frequency resources.
  • u1 and u2 in Figure 10 represent the values of different root sequences
  • CS1 ⁇ CS4 represent 4 different cyclic shift values
  • TF1 and TF2 represent different time-frequency resources used to transmit uplink signals.
  • uplink signal grouping may also be performed according to the cyclic shift value and time-frequency resources.
  • the uplink signals are grouped according to cyclic shift values and grouped according to time-frequency resources.
  • u1 and u2 in Figure 11 represent the values of different root sequences
  • CS1 ⁇ CS4 represent 4 different cyclic shift values
  • TF1 and TF2 represent different time-frequency resources used to transmit uplink signals.
  • uplink signal grouping may also be performed according to sequence generation parameters, cyclic shift values, and time-frequency resources.
  • the uplink signals are grouped according to sequences, grouped according to cyclic shift values, and grouped according to time-frequency resources.
  • u1 and u2 in Figure 12 represent the values of different root sequences
  • CS1 ⁇ CS4 represent 4 different cyclic shift values
  • TF1 and TF2 represent different time-frequency resources used to transmit uplink signals.
  • the uplink signals can also be grouped according to spreading codes, and the uplink signals corresponding to one spreading code are regarded as a group.
  • the spreading codes corresponding to the uplink signals between groups are different, and the uplink signals in the group correspond to at least one of the following
  • the items are different: sequence generation parameters, cyclic shift values, and time-frequency resources.
  • at least one item may be one, two or more items, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • u1 represents the root sequence
  • SC1 ⁇ SC4 represent the values of different spreading codes
  • CS1 ⁇ CS4 represent 4 different cyclic shift values
  • TF1 and TF2 represent different times for transmitting uplink signals.
  • the uplink signal with the spreading code SC1 is divided into 1
  • the uplink signal with the spreading code SC2 is divided into group 2
  • the uplink signal with the spreading code SC3 is divided into group 3
  • the spreading code is SC4
  • the uplink signal is divided into group 4. It is also possible to combine spreading codes with one or more of sequence generation parameters, cyclic shift values, or time-frequency resources to perform fine-grained uplink signal grouping.
  • the grouping method can refer to the grouping method shown in Figure 3 to Figure 12 above. , I won’t repeat it here.
  • the time-frequency resource of the uplink signal can also be described as the location of the time-frequency resource of the uplink signal.
  • grouping is based on one or more of different sequence generation parameters, cyclic shift values, time-frequency resource positions, or spreading codes. There are other ways, all of which fall within the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
  • one uplink signal group may correspond to one or more downlink signals
  • one downlink signal may correspond to one or more uplink signal groups.
  • the terminal can select an uplink signal packet from the multiple uplink signal packets, and send the selected uplink signal packet to the network device. Signal; or, after receiving the downlink signal, the terminal can select multiple uplink signal packets from the multiple uplink signal packets, and send the uplink signal in the selected uplink signal packet to the network device to increase the terminal device to send uplink signals Probability of success.
  • the downlink signal and the uplink signal grouping may have multiple correspondences, which may be one-to-one correspondence, or one-to-many, or many-to-one, or any combination of the above correspondences.
  • the correspondence between the downlink signal and the uplink DMRS group can be: the downlink signal D1 corresponds to the uplink DMRS group U1, or the downlink signal D1 corresponds to the uplink DMRS group U1 and the uplink DMRS group U2, or the downlink signal D1 and the downlink signal D2 Corresponding to the uplink DMRS group U1, see Figure 14.
  • the correspondence between the downlink signal and the uplink signal grouping may be predefined by the protocol, or may be configured by the network device to the terminal device through signaling. Among them, “correspondence” can also be referred to as association, mapping, binding, matching, and so on.
  • the downlink signal may be a downlink reference signal, and the downlink reference signal may be a reference signal newly defined in the protocol, and the purpose is to allow the terminal device to determine the corresponding uplink signal group.
  • the signaling sent by the network device to the terminal may be system messages, broadcast messages, radio resource control (RRC) signaling, media access control (MAC) control elements ( One or a combination of one or more of control element (CE) and downlink control information (DCI).
  • RRC radio resource control
  • MAC media access control
  • CE control element
  • DCI downlink control information
  • one uplink signal group may correspond to one or more downlink signal groups, and one downlink signal group may also correspond to one or more uplink signal groups.
  • the downlink signal grouping and the uplink signal grouping may have multiple correspondences, which may be one-to-one correspondence, or one-to-many, or many-to-one, or any combination of the above correspondences.
  • the corresponding relationship between the downlink signal group and the uplink DMRS group can be: downlink signal group D1 corresponds to uplink DMRS group U1, or downlink signal group D1 corresponds to uplink DMRS group U1 and uplink DMRS group U2, or downlink signal group D1
  • the uplink DMRS group U1 corresponds to the downlink signal group D2, as shown in FIG. 15.
  • the correspondence between the downlink signal packet and the uplink signal packet may be predefined by the protocol, or may be configured by the network device to the terminal device through signaling.
  • the correspondence between an uplink signal group and a downlink signal can be understood as the uplink signal in the uplink signal group corresponding to the downlink signal; the correspondence between an uplink signal group and a downlink signal group can be understood as the The uplink signal packet corresponds to the downlink signal in the downlink signal packet, or the uplink signal in the uplink signal packet corresponds to the downlink signal packet, or the uplink signal in the uplink signal packet corresponds to the downlink signal in the downlink signal packet Corresponding.
  • M and N are positive integers.
  • the values of M and N may be the same or different, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit it.
  • the downlink signal grouping can be distinguished by one or more parameters of sequence generation parameters, cyclic shift values, time-frequency resource positions, spreading codes, and precoding vectors.
  • the grouping mode of the uplink signal grouping and the grouping mode of the downlink signal grouping may be the same or different, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • Network equipment can periodically or irregularly send N downlink signals on time-frequency resources.
  • These N downlink signals can be generated by one of sequence generation parameters, cyclic shift values, time-frequency resource positions, spreading codes, and precoding vectors. Or multiple parameters to distinguish.
  • N is a positive integer, such as an integer of 1, 2, 3 or greater, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the above N downlink signals are generated from the same basic sequence through different cyclic shift values.
  • the foregoing N downlink signals are transmitted using different time-frequency resources.
  • the spreading codes used by the above N downlink signals are different.
  • the network device may precode the downlink signal before sending the downlink signal.
  • the network device may use an independent precoding vector for each downlink signal, and the precoding vector used by the two downlink signals may be the same or different.
  • the downlink signal can be sent to a certain direction in the form of a beam, for example, the area corresponding to the uplink signal group U1 in FIG. 16.
  • a network device may send downlink signals generated from the same basic sequence through different cyclic shift values on a certain time-frequency resource, and the precoding methods used by each downlink signal are different.
  • the terminal device detects N downlink signals sent by the network device on the time-frequency resource.
  • the terminal device selects the corresponding uplink signal group according to the detection result.
  • the terminal device may select the uplink signal group corresponding to the downlink signal with the strongest signal strength, the highest signal-to-noise ratio, the signal strength not lower than the threshold value, or the signal-to-noise ratio not lower than the threshold value as the first uplink signal group.
  • the device needs to send an uplink signal, it selects the uplink signal for transmission in the first uplink signal packet. For example, a network device sends N downlink signals on a certain time-frequency resource.
  • N downlink signals are generated by the same basic sequence through different cyclic shift values, and the terminal device detects the signal strengths corresponding to these N downlink signals and selects The uplink signal group corresponding to the strongest downlink signal.
  • the detection method of the terminal device may be, for example, assuming that the sequence after spreading the basic sequence is s(n), and the UE performs correlation operations on the received signal and s(n) to obtain the corresponding correlation function.
  • the network device sends signals generated from the basic sequence through different cyclic shift values, and after the UE correlates the received signal with s(n), multiple correlation peaks can be obtained near multiple cyclic shift values.
  • the signal strength (such as power value) received by the UE is also different.
  • the peak value of the correlation peak reflects the received strength of each signal and also reflects the precoding vector The degree of matching with the UE's downlink channel.
  • the correlation value between the received signal corresponding to the cyclic shift CS1 value and the sequence s(n) is the largest. Then the DMRS group U1 corresponding to the CS1 signal can be used as the above The first uplink signal packet.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device determines the first uplink signal group, when it needs to send the uplink signal, it can select from the selected first uplink signal group (for example, select randomly or according to specific rules, such as according to the UE identifier (ID) , And/or time-frequency resources used to send the uplink signal, etc. to select) the uplink signal, and send the selected uplink signal to the network device. For example, if the DMRS group U1 is the above-mentioned first uplink signal group, the UE randomly selects a DMRS in the DMRS group U1, and sends the selected DMRS to the network device.
  • the UE selects the uplink signal group corresponding to the downlink signal with the strongest signal strength, the highest signal-to-noise ratio, the signal strength not below the threshold, or the signal-to-noise ratio not below the threshold, which can make the channel characteristics (such as the angle-of-signal angle-of-arrival) arrival, AOA)) relatively close UEs select uplink signals from the same group for transmission, and multiple uplink signals in the same group are orthogonal or have relatively low correlation, which can reduce interference between uplink signals. This is because the strongest downlink signals measured by multiple UEs may all be the same, and the channel characteristics of these UEs are generally similar (for example, the distance is relatively close). To avoid interference between these UEs when sending uplink signals, these UEs can choose orthogonal Or low-correlation uplink signals are sent.
  • the terminal device may use the detected uplink signal group corresponding to the first downlink signal whose signal strength is not lower than the threshold value as the first uplink signal group.
  • the terminal device can determine the first uplink signal group earlier, and select the uplink signal to send from the first uplink signal group earlier, which improves communication efficiency. .
  • the network equipment can determine the uplink signal group selected by each UE, thereby obtaining the load of each uplink signal group (that is, the number of UEs that select each uplink signal group ).
  • the network equipment can adjust the precoding vectors (also called precoding methods) of the above N downlink signals according to the load of each uplink signal group to achieve the purpose of load balancing of each uplink signal group, or adjust the above N downlink signals.
  • One or more of the time-frequency resource position of the signal, sequence generation parameters, cyclic shift value, and spreading code can be used to modify or regroup the previous grouping result to achieve the load of each uplink signal grouping The purpose of balance.
  • the network device sends three downlink signals, namely D1 (assuming its index is 01), D2 (assuming its index is 10) and D3 (assuming its index is 11).
  • These three downlink signals use Different precoding methods (that is, different beam directions), these three downlink signals correspond to three DMRS groups U1 (assuming group U1 includes DMRS signals 1111, 1110, and 1101), DMRS group U2 (assuming group U2 includes DMRS signals) 1100, 1011, and 1010) and DMRS group U3 (assuming group U3 includes DMRS signals 1001, 0111, and 0110).
  • Each UE detects the strengths of D1, D2, and D3, and selects the corresponding DMRS group.
  • UE1 when UE1 detects that D1 has the strongest signal strength, UE1 selects the DMRS in U1 corresponding to D1 for transmission. If the network equipment finds that the coverage area corresponding to U1 is heavily loaded (that is, the number of UEs that select U1 is larger), it can adjust the precoding method corresponding to the downlink signal D2 or the downlink signal D3 to the same If the downlink signal D1 is similar (or the same) precoding method, the part of the UE that was originally at the boundary of U1 and U2 will measure the signal with the strongest signal strength as D2, and then select the DMRS in the DRMS group U2 corresponding to D2 for transmission In this way, the number of UEs that select the DRMS group U1 is reduced, thereby reducing the load of U1.
  • the network equipment finds that the coverage area corresponding to U1 has a heavy load (that is, the number of UEs that select U1 is larger), it can adjust the previous grouping result or regroup the uplink signal, and set the time corresponding to U1.
  • the number of one or more of the frequency resource location, sequence generation parameter, cyclic shift value, and spreading code is increased to increase the number of uplink signals in the uplink signal group U1, so that the heavily loaded U1 corresponds to the coverage area
  • the internal UE can choose to use more uplink signals.
  • the cyclic shift value corresponding to U1 last time is a value of CS1
  • the number of cyclic shift values corresponding to U1 is increased to 2
  • the cyclic shift value is CS1 and CS2
  • the uplink signal of is divided into U1 group.
  • the network device may also notify the UE through signaling.
  • the network device sends the configuration parameters of the regrouped uplink signal group to the UE through UE-specific RRC signaling or broadcast signaling.
  • the uplink signal detection performance In the existing method, all UEs in a cell select uplink signals from the same uplink signal set, so the interference between these uplink signals may be relatively high, especially when the channel characteristics of the UEs are relatively close. serious.
  • the uplink signals selected by UEs with similar channel characteristics are as orthogonal as possible, thereby reducing uplink signal interference and improving the overall performance of the system.
  • the network device may configure the parameters corresponding to the aforementioned N downlink signals to the terminal device through signaling.
  • any two different parameters can be configured through the same signaling or through different signaling, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the N downlink signals include the first downlink signal, and N is a positive integer, such as an integer of 1, 2, 3, 4, or a larger integer, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the parameters of the downlink signal may also be referred to as the configuration parameters of the downlink signal.
  • the parameters of each of the N downlink signals may include one or more of the following: time domain resource parameters, frequency domain resource parameters, sequence generation parameters, spreading code parameters, and cyclic shift parameters.
  • the time domain resource parameter is used to indicate the time domain resource location occupied by the downlink signal.
  • the time domain resource parameter may also be referred to as the time domain parameter for short.
  • the time domain resource parameter is used to indicate one or more of the radio frame number, subframe number, slot number, and OFDM symbol where the downlink signal is located.
  • the frequency domain resource parameter is used to indicate the frequency domain resource position occupied by the downlink signal.
  • the frequency domain resource parameters may also be referred to as frequency domain parameters for short.
  • the frequency domain parameter is used to indicate the index set of the resource block (resource block, RB) to which the downlink signal is mapped, or the frequency domain start RB index and the number of RBs to which the downlink signal is mapped.
  • the frequency domain resource parameter may also be used to indicate the resource position in the RB to which the downlink signal is mapped, for example, the resource element (RE) position used by the downlink signal in the RB.
  • RE resource element
  • the network device can indicate to the terminal the time domain orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol and frequency domain subcarrier corresponding to the RE; or the protocol predefines the candidate of the RE used to transmit the downlink signal in the RB Pattern.
  • the candidate patterns include one or more candidate patterns, and each pattern is used to indicate a combination of REs used to transmit the downlink signal in the RB.
  • the network device can indicate the pattern used by the downlink signal from the candidate pattern.
  • the sequence generation reference includes one or more of the following: the type of sequence generation method, and the generation parameters.
  • the types of sequence generation methods include ZC sequence generation methods (the sequence may be referred to as ZC sequences) or PN sequence generation methods (the sequence may be referred to as PN sequences). If it is a ZC sequence generation method, the generation parameter includes the root of the ZC sequence; if it is a PN sequence generation method, the generation parameter includes the initial value of the PN sequence.
  • the parameter of the spreading code includes the value of the spreading code or the index of the spreading code.
  • the spreading code is (+1, -1), and its index can be 0.
  • the parameter of the cyclic shift includes the cyclic shift value or the index of the cyclic shift value.
  • the cyclic shift value is 5.56us, and its index can be 1.
  • index numbers may also be referred to as identifiers.
  • the identifier may be a port number.
  • the network device may send an index number to the terminal to indicate the foregoing combination configured for the downlink signal.
  • the time-frequency resource 1, the root u1 of the ZC sequence and the cyclic shift value CS1 can be combined, and the corresponding index value is 01; the time-frequency resource 2, the root u2 of the ZC sequence and the cyclic shift value CS1 can be combined to correspond to The index value is 02; the time-frequency resource 3, the root u3 of the ZC sequence, and the cyclic shift value CS2 are combined, and the corresponding index value is 03.
  • the network device For a downlink signal D1, the network device sends an index value of 01 to the terminal, for example, indicating that the parameters of the downlink signal D1 are: the resource location to which the downlink signal D1 is mapped is the time-frequency resource 1, and the root of the ZC sequence adopted by the downlink signal D1 is u1 And the cyclic shift value adopted by the downlink signal D1 is CS1.
  • the identifiers (identifiers, IDs) of the N downlink signals may be indicated implicitly through the time sequence of transmission, or the ID of each downlink signal may be carried in the parameters of each downlink signal and indicated explicitly.
  • the network device sends the parameters of three downlink signals, and the transmission timing of the parameters of the three downlink signals can implicitly indicate the indexes of the three downlink signals.
  • the terminal device may determine that the index of the downlink signal D1 is 0, the index of the downlink signal D2 is 1, and the index of the downlink signal D3 is 2 according to the receiving order. It should be noted that Fig.
  • each downlink signal is used to indicate time domain parameters, frequency domain parameters, sequence generation parameters, spreading code parameters, and cyclic shift parameters.
  • the parameters of each downlink signal can also indicate any one of the five parameters: time domain parameters, frequency domain parameters, sequence generation parameters, spreading code parameters, and cyclic shift parameters. Multiple.
  • the network device sends three downlink signal parameters, and the parameters of each downlink signal are also used to indicate the identifier or index of the downlink signal.
  • the index of the downlink signal D1 is 0,
  • the index of the signal D2 is 1, and the index of the downlink signal D3 is 2, and the terminal device can identify the index of each downlink signal according to the parameters of each downlink signal.
  • Fig. 19 is the index of each downlink signal used to indicate the index of the downlink signal, time domain parameters, frequency domain parameters, sequence generation parameters, spreading code parameters, and cyclic shift parameters.
  • the parameters of each downlink signal can also indicate the index, time domain parameters, frequency domain parameters, sequence generation parameters, spreading code parameters, and cyclic shift parameters. Any one or more of the items.
  • the identifier of the downlink signal may also be referred to as the index of the downlink signal.
  • the network equipment can configure the parameters of the downlink signal through UE-specific RRC signaling.
  • the RRC signaling is configured through the physical downlink shared channel. , PDSCH) bearer, the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) of the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) corresponding to the PDSCH is scrambled by the UE-specific identifier, so the RRC will only be UE receives.
  • the network equipment can also be configured through the dedicated RRC signaling for the UE group where the UE is located. The RRC signaling is carried by the PDSCH.
  • the CRC of the PDCCH corresponding to the PDSCH is scrambled by the identifier dedicated to the UE group. Therefore, the RRC will only be The UEs in the UE group receive.
  • the network equipment can also be configured through broadcast signaling or system messages, for example, in the form of master information block (master information block, MIB) or other broadcast signaling.
  • master information block master information block
  • MIB master information block
  • broadcast signaling is carried by PDSCH in the form of RRC signaling.
  • the CRC of the PDCCH corresponding to the PDSCH is scrambled by the identity shared by the UEs in the cell, so the RRC signaling can be received by all UEs in the cell. .
  • the parameters of the aforementioned downlink signal can be predefined through a protocol.
  • some of the parameters of the downlink signal are predefined by the protocol, and some are configured by the network device.
  • the time domain parameters and frequency domain parameters corresponding to the above N downlink signals can be predefined by the protocol, and the sequence generation parameters, spreading code parameters, and cyclic shift parameters corresponding to the downlink signals are configured by the network device to the terminal device.
  • the parameter of a downlink signal sent by the network device is used to indicate the sequence generation parameter, the spreading code parameter, and the cyclic shift parameter corresponding to the downlink signal.
  • the network device may also configure the parameters corresponding to the foregoing M uplink signal groups to the terminal device through signaling.
  • the parameters of the uplink signal may also be referred to as the configuration parameters of the uplink signal.
  • the parameters of each uplink signal group may include one or more of the following: the time domain resource parameter of each uplink signal in the uplink signal group, the frequency domain resource parameter of each uplink signal, and each uplink signal.
  • the time domain resource parameter is used to indicate the time domain resource location occupied by each uplink signal in the uplink signal group.
  • the time domain resource parameter may be referred to as the time domain parameter for short.
  • the time domain resource parameter includes one or more of a radio frame number, a subframe number, a slot number, and an OFDM symbol where the uplink signal is located.
  • the time domain resource parameters of different uplink signals in an uplink signal group can be indicated separately or a shared parameter.
  • the frequency domain resource parameter is used to indicate the frequency domain resource position occupied by each uplink signal in the uplink signal group.
  • the frequency domain resource parameters may be referred to as frequency domain parameters for short.
  • the frequency domain resource parameter includes the sequence number set of the resource block where the uplink signal is located, or the start RB sequence number and the number of RBs in the frequency domain where the uplink signal is located.
  • the frequency domain parameters may also include resource location parameters in the RB where the uplink signal is located, that is, the RE location used by the uplink signal in the RB.
  • the network device may indicate the position of the RE through the symbol and the frequency domain subcarrier index, or the protocol may predefine the candidate pattern of the RE used to transmit the uplink signal in the RB.
  • the candidate patterns include one or more candidate patterns, and each pattern is used to indicate a combination of REs used to transmit the uplink signal in the RB.
  • the network device indicates the pattern used by the uplink signal from the candidate pattern.
  • the frequency domain resource parameters of different uplink signals in an uplink signal group may be indicated separately, or a shared parameter may be indicated.
  • index numbers may also be referred to as identifiers, and the identifiers may be port numbers, for example.
  • the network device may send an index number to the terminal to indicate the foregoing combination configured for the uplink signal or the uplink signal group.
  • the time-frequency resource 1, the root u1 of the ZC sequence and the spreading code SC1 can be combined, and the corresponding index value is 01; the time-frequency resource 2, the ZC sequence u2 and the spreading code SC2 can be combined, and the corresponding index value is 02; Combine the time-frequency resource 3, u3 of the ZC sequence and the spreading code SC3, and the corresponding index value is 03.
  • the network device sends an index value of 01 to the terminal, indicating that the parameters of the uplink signal group U1 are: the resource location to which each uplink signal in the uplink signal group U1 is mapped is the time-frequency resource 1, and each uplink signal in the uplink signal group U1 is used
  • the root of the ZC sequence is u1 and the spreading code used by each uplink signal in the uplink signal group U1 is SC1.
  • the cyclic shift value used by each uplink signal in the uplink signal group U1 can be indicated separately.
  • the network device may also indicate Q cyclic shift parameters for the Q uplink signals, and each cyclic shift parameter is used to indicate the cyclic shift value of an uplink signal .
  • Q is a positive integer.
  • the parameters of the uplink signal group may indicate: the time domain resource parameters of the uplink signal group, the The frequency domain resource parameter of the uplink signal packet, the sequence generation parameter of the uplink signal packet, the parameter of the spreading code of the uplink signal packet, and the parameter of the cyclic shift of each uplink signal in the uplink signal packet.
  • the parameters of the uplink signal group can indicate: the time domain resource parameters of each uplink signal in the uplink signal group , The frequency domain resource parameter of the uplink signal packet, the sequence generation parameter of the uplink signal packet, the parameter of the spreading code of the uplink signal packet, and the parameter of the cyclic shift of the uplink signal packet.
  • the parameters of the uplink signal group can indicate: the time domain resource parameters of the uplink signal group and the parameters in the uplink signal group The frequency domain resource parameter of each uplink signal, the sequence generation parameter of the uplink signal group, the parameter of the spreading code of the uplink signal group, and the parameter of the cyclic shift of the uplink signal group.
  • the parameters of the uplink signal group can indicate: the time domain resource parameter of the uplink signal group, the frequency of the uplink signal group Domain resource parameters, sequence generation parameters of the uplink signal packet, parameters of the spreading code of each uplink signal in the uplink signal packet, and parameters of the cyclic shift of the uplink signal packet. That is to say, if a certain parameter of all the uplink signals in a certain uplink signal group is the same, the network device can only configure a set of the same parameter for the uplink signal group, without having to deal with each uplink signal. Configure a set of the same parameters separately, saving configuration overhead.
  • the identification ID (or index) of the foregoing M uplink signal groups may be implicitly indicated by the time sequence of transmission, or the ID of each uplink signal group may be carried in the parameters of each uplink signal group for explicit indication .
  • the network device sends the parameters of three uplink signal groups, and the transmission timing of the parameters of the three uplink signal groups may implicitly indicate the indexes of the three uplink signal groups.
  • the terminal device may determine that the index of the uplink signal group U1 is 0, the index of the uplink signal group U2 is 1, and the index of the uplink signal group U3 is 2 according to the receiving order. It should be noted that, in FIG.
  • the parameters of each uplink signal group indicate the time domain parameters, frequency domain parameters, sequence generation parameters, spreading code parameters, and cyclic shifts of each uplink signal in the uplink signal group.
  • the five parameters are explained as examples.
  • the parameters of each uplink signal group can also indicate the time domain parameters, frequency domain parameters, sequence generation parameters, and spreading code parameters of each uplink signal. Any one or more of the 5 parameters, cyclic shift parameters. For another example, referring to FIG.
  • the network device sends the parameters of three uplink signal groups, where the parameters of each uplink signal group are also used to indicate the index or identifier of the uplink signal group, for example, the index of the uplink signal group U1 If it is 0, the index of the uplink signal group U2 is 1, and the index of the uplink signal group U3 is 2, the terminal device can identify the index of each uplink signal group according to the parameters of each uplink signal group.
  • the parameters of each uplink signal group indicate the index of the uplink signal group, the time domain parameters, frequency domain parameters, sequence generation parameters, and spreading codes of each uplink signal in the uplink signal group.
  • the 6 items of parameters and cyclic shift parameters are taken as examples.
  • the parameters of each uplink signal group can also indicate the index of the uplink signal group and the time in the uplink signal group. Any one or more of the six items: domain parameters, frequency domain parameters, sequence generation parameters, spreading code parameters, and cyclic shift parameters.
  • the network equipment can configure the uplink signal grouping parameters through UE-specific RRC signaling.
  • the RRC signaling is carried by the PDSCH, and the PDCCH corresponding to the PDSCH
  • the CRC is scrambled by the UE-specific identity, so the RRC can only be received by the UE.
  • the network equipment can also be configured through the dedicated RRC signaling for the UE group where the UE is located.
  • the RRC signaling is carried by the PDSCH.
  • the CRC of the PDCCH corresponding to the PDSCH is scrambled by the identifier dedicated to the UE group. Therefore, the RRC will only be The UEs in the UE group receive.
  • Network devices can also be configured through broadcast signaling or system messages, for example, in the form of MIB or other broadcast signaling.
  • the parameters of the uplink signal grouping can be predefined through the protocol.
  • some of the parameters of the uplink signal grouping are predefined by the protocol, and some are configured by the network device.
  • the time domain parameters and frequency domain parameters corresponding to each uplink signal in the above M uplink signal packets can be predefined by the protocol, and the sequence generation parameters, spreading codes, and cyclic shifts corresponding to each uplink signal in the uplink signal packets
  • the value is configured by the network device to the terminal device.
  • the parameters of each uplink signal packet sent by the network device indicate the sequence generation parameters, spreading code parameters, and cyclic shift corresponding to each uplink signal in the uplink signal packet. Bit parameters.
  • the network device may also configure the corresponding relationship between the N downlink signals and the M uplink signal groups to the terminal device, for example, it may be configured to the terminal device through signaling.
  • the parameter of the downlink signal configured by the network device is also used to indicate the identifier or index of the corresponding uplink signal group.
  • the parameters of the downlink signal may also indicate the index of the uplink signal group corresponding to the downlink signal.
  • the parameters of the downlink signal D1 are also used to indicate the index 0 of the corresponding uplink signal group U1
  • the parameters of the downlink signal D2 are also used to indicate the index 1 of the corresponding uplink signal group U2
  • the parameters of the downlink signal D3 are also used It indicates the index 2 of the corresponding uplink signal group U3.
  • FIG. 22 refer to FIG. 22.
  • the parameters of the downlink signal may indicate the index of the uplink signal group corresponding to the downlink signal in addition to the parameters shown in FIG. 19.
  • the parameters of the downlink signal D1 are also used to indicate the index 0 of the corresponding uplink signal group U1
  • the parameters of the downlink signal D2 are also used to indicate the index 1 of the corresponding uplink signal group U2
  • the parameters of the downlink signal D3 are also used It indicates the index 2 of the corresponding uplink signal group U3.
  • the parameter of the uplink signal group configured by the network device is also used to indicate the identifier or index of the corresponding downlink signal.
  • the uplink signal grouping parameter may indicate the index of the downlink signal corresponding to the uplink signal group in addition to the parameter shown in FIG. 20.
  • the parameters of the uplink signal group U1 are also used to indicate the index 0 of the corresponding downlink signal D1
  • the parameters of the uplink signal group U2 are also used to indicate the index 1 of the corresponding downlink signal D2
  • the uplink signal grouping parameter may indicate the index of the downlink signal corresponding to the uplink signal grouping in addition to the parameters shown in FIG. 21.
  • the parameters of the uplink signal group U1 are also used to indicate the index 0 of the corresponding downlink signal D1
  • the parameters of the uplink signal group U2 are also used to indicate the index 1 of the corresponding downlink signal D2
  • the network device configures the correspondence between the identifiers or indexes of the N downlink signals and the identifiers or indexes of the M uplink signal groups through signaling. For example, the network device configures the index of the uplink signal group U1 corresponding to the downlink signal D1 to be 0 through signaling, the index of the uplink signal group U2 corresponding to the downlink signal D2 to 1, and the index of the uplink signal group U3 corresponding to the downlink signal D3 to 2. For details, see Table 1 below.
  • Table 1 is an example in which downlink signals with the same index value correspond to uplink signal groups.
  • the indexes of the corresponding downlink signal and uplink signal groups may be different, for example, index
  • the index of the uplink signal group corresponding to the downlink signal of 0 may be 1 or 2.
  • the protocol predefines the transmission timing to implicitly indicate the uplink signal group corresponding to the downlink signal.
  • the network device sends three downlink signal parameters on time-frequency resource 1, time-frequency resource 2 and time-frequency resource 3, respectively.
  • the transmission timing of the parameters of these three downlink signals can implicitly indicate these 3 parameters.
  • the terminal device may determine that the index of the downlink signal D1 is 0, the index of the downlink signal D2 is 1, and the index of the downlink signal D2 is 1, according to the receiving order (for example, the order of the time domain and/or the frequency order of the frequency domain).
  • the index of D3 is 2. As shown in FIG.
  • the network device sends the parameters of three uplink signal packets on time-frequency resource 4, time-frequency resource 5, and time-frequency resource 6, respectively, and the transmission timing of the parameters of these three uplink signal packets can be implicitly indicated
  • the indexes of these three uplink signal groups For example, the terminal device can determine according to the receiving order that the index of the uplink signal group U1 is 0, the index of the uplink signal group U2 is 1, and the index of the uplink signal group U3 is 2.
  • the sequence determines that the uplink signal group corresponding to the downlink signal D1 is U1 (or the downlink signal with index 0 corresponds to the uplink signal group with index 0), and the uplink signal group corresponding to the downlink signal D2 is U2 (or the downlink signal with index 1 corresponds to the index
  • the uplink signal group is 1)
  • the uplink signal group corresponding to the downlink signal D3 is U3 (or the downlink signal with index 2 corresponds to the uplink signal group with index 2).
  • the configuration of the correspondence relationship can be pre-defined in the protocol in addition to being configured by the network device.
  • the protocol predefines the mapping table of the index of the downlink signal and the index of the uplink signal group as shown in Table 1 above.
  • the protocol can also predefine the parameters of each downlink signal and the parameters of each uplink signal in the corresponding uplink signal group.
  • Figures 18 to 23 are all described in terms of the correspondence relationship between the downlink signal and the uplink signal group.
  • the correspondence relationship can also be the correspondence between the downlink signal group and the uplink signal group, the corresponding parameter configuration mode and the corresponding relationship configuration
  • the uplink signal can also be a preamble
  • the uplink signal packet can also be a preamble packet.
  • the implementation method when the uplink signal is a preamble can refer to when the uplink signal is DMRS. The realization method of this time will not be repeated here.
  • the uplink signal may also be other reference signals, and may also be PUSCH or PUCCH, and other reference signals may include SRS, for example.
  • the downlink signal may be a downlink reference signal, and the downlink reference signal includes but is not limited to a reference signal newly defined in the protocol, and the purpose is to allow the terminal device to determine the corresponding uplink signal group.
  • each network element such as a terminal device, a network device, etc.
  • each network element includes a hardware structure and/or software module corresponding to each function.
  • this application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the method implemented by the terminal device can also be implemented by a component (such as a chip, chip system, or circuit) that can be configured on the terminal device
  • the method implemented by a network device can also be implemented by The components (such as chips, chip systems, or circuits) of network devices are implemented.
  • the embodiments of the present application can divide the terminal equipment, network equipment, etc. into functional modules according to the above method examples.
  • each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 24 shows a schematic diagram of a possible logical structure of the device involved in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the device 1300 includes a processing unit 1301 and a communication unit 1302.
  • the apparatus 1300 may be a terminal device or a component configurable in the terminal device.
  • the communication unit 1302 is configured to support the apparatus 1300 to perform the steps of receiving or sending information by the corresponding terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the processing unit 1301 is configured to support the apparatus 1300 to execute the processing steps related to the corresponding terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment, for example, to implement other functions except the function of the transceiver unit.
  • the device 1300 may further include a storage unit for storing codes (programs or instructions) or data.
  • the communication unit 1302 is configured to receive the first downlink signal; the processing unit 1301 is configured to determine the first uplink signal from the first uplink signal group, where the first uplink signal group and the first downlink signal are Correspondingly; the communication unit 1302 is also used to send the first uplink signal.
  • the aforementioned processing unit 1301 may be a processor or a processing circuit.
  • the communication unit 1302 may be a transceiver or a transceiving circuit or an interface circuit or the like.
  • the storage unit may be a memory. The aforementioned processing unit, communication unit, and storage unit may be integrated or separated.
  • FIG. 25 shows a schematic diagram of a possible logical structure of the apparatus involved in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the apparatus 1400 includes a processing unit 1401 and a communication unit 1402.
  • the apparatus 1400 may be a network device or a component configurable in the network device.
  • the communication unit 1402 is configured to support the apparatus 1400 to perform the steps of receiving or sending information by the corresponding network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the processing unit 1401 is configured to support the network device to execute the processing steps related to the network device in the foregoing method embodiment, for example, to implement other functions except the function of the transceiver unit.
  • the device 1400 may further include a storage unit for storing codes (programs or instructions) or data.
  • the communication unit 1402 is configured to send a first downlink signal; the communication unit 1402 is also configured to receive a first uplink signal, the first uplink signal is included in the first uplink signal packet, and the first uplink signal The grouping corresponds to the first downlink signal.
  • the aforementioned processing unit 1401 may be a processor or a processing circuit.
  • the communication unit 1402 may be a transceiver or a transceiving circuit or an interface circuit or the like.
  • the storage unit may be a memory. The aforementioned processing unit, communication unit, and storage unit may be integrated or separated.
  • FIG. 26 shows a schematic diagram of a possible hardware structure of the device provided by the embodiment of this application.
  • the apparatus 1500 is used to implement the functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method.
  • the device may be a terminal device, a device in a terminal device, or a device that can be matched and used with the terminal device.
  • the device may be a chip system.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the apparatus 1500 includes at least one processor 1520, configured to implement the function of the terminal device in the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor 1520 may generate and send the first uplink signal and other information.
  • the processor 1520 may generate and send the first uplink signal and other information.
  • the device 1500 may further include at least one memory 1530 for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • the memory 1530 and the processor 1520 are coupled.
  • the coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units, or modules, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules.
  • the processor 1520 may operate in cooperation with the memory 1530.
  • the processor 1520 may execute program instructions stored in the memory 1530. At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor.
  • the apparatus 1500 may further include a communication interface 1510 for communicating with other devices through a transmission medium, so that the apparatus used in the apparatus 1500 can communicate with other devices.
  • the other device may be a network device.
  • the processor 1520 uses the communication interface 1510 to send and receive data, and is used to implement the method executed by the terminal device in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, interface, bus, circuit, or a device or module capable of implementing the transceiver function.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific connection medium between the communication interface 1510, the processor 1520, and the memory 1530.
  • the memory 1530, the processor 1520, and the communication interface 1510 are connected by a bus 1540.
  • the bus is represented by a thick line in FIG. 26.
  • the connection mode between other components is only for schematic illustration. , Is not limited.
  • the bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus, etc. For ease of representation, only one thick line is used to represent in FIG. 26, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, a discrete hardware component, and may implement or Perform the methods, steps, and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the memory may be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), etc., or a volatile memory (volatile memory), for example Random-access memory (random-access memory, RAM).
  • the memory is any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may also be a circuit or any other device capable of realizing a storage function, for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • the apparatus 1500 may be the terminal device 102 in the wireless communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1, and may be implemented as a UE, an eMTC device, a mobile device, a mobile station, a mobile unit, and a wireless unit. , Remote units, user agents, mobile clients, etc.
  • the device 1500 shown in FIG. 26 is only an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application. In actual applications, the device 1500 may also include more or fewer components, which is not limited here. For the specific implementation of the apparatus 1500, reference may be made to the relevant description in the foregoing method embodiment, which is not repeated here.
  • FIG. 27 shows a schematic diagram of a possible hardware structure of the device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the apparatus 1600 is used to implement the function of the network device in the above method.
  • the device can be a network device, a device in a network device, or a device that can be matched and used with a network device.
  • the device may be a chip system.
  • the apparatus 1600 includes at least one processor 1620, configured to implement the function of the network device in the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor 1620 may generate and send the first downlink signal and other information. For details, refer to the detailed description in the method example, which is not repeated here.
  • the device 1600 may further include at least one memory 1630 for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • the memory 1630 and the processor 1620 are coupled.
  • the processor 1620 may cooperate with the memory 1630 to operate.
  • the processor 1620 may execute program instructions stored in the memory 1630. At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor.
  • the apparatus 1600 may further include a communication interface 1610 for communicating with other devices through a transmission medium, so that the apparatus used in the apparatus 1600 can communicate with other devices.
  • the other device may be a terminal device.
  • the processor 1620 uses the communication interface 1610 to send and receive data, and is used to implement the method executed by the network device in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific connection medium between the communication interface 1610, the processor 1620, and the memory 1630.
  • the memory 1630, the processor 1620, and the communication interface 1610 are connected by a bus 1640.
  • the bus is represented by a thick line in FIG. 27.
  • the connection mode between other components is only for schematic illustration. , Is not limited.
  • the bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus, etc. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used to represent in FIG. 27, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the apparatus 1600 may be the network device 101 in the wireless communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1, and may be implemented as a base station, a base transceiver station, a wireless transceiver, a basic service set (BSS), and an extension.
  • Service set extended service set, ESS
  • NodeB NodeB
  • eNodeB gNodeB
  • the device 1600 shown in FIG. 27 is only an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application. In actual applications, the device 1600 may further include more or fewer components, which is not limited here. For the specific implementation of the apparatus 1600, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 28 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication chip provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication chip 1700 may include a processor 1701, and one or more interfaces 1702 coupled to the processor 1701.
  • the processor 1701 may be used to read and execute computer-readable instructions.
  • the processor 1701 may mainly include a controller, an arithmetic unit, and a register.
  • the controller is mainly responsible for instruction decoding, and sends control signals for operations corresponding to the instructions.
  • the arithmetic unit is mainly responsible for performing fixed-point or floating-point arithmetic operations, shift operations and logical operations, etc., and can also perform address operations and conversions.
  • the register is mainly responsible for storing the register operands and intermediate operation results temporarily stored during the execution of the instruction.
  • the hardware architecture of the processor 1701 can be an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC) architecture, a microprocessor without interlocked pipeline stage architecture (microprocessor without interlocked stages architecture, MIPS) architecture, and advanced streamlining. Instruction set machine (advanced RISC machines, ARM) architecture or NP architecture, etc.
  • the processor 1701 may be single-core or multi-core.
  • the interface 1702 can be used to input data to be processed to the processor 1701, and can output the processing result of the processor 1701 to the outside.
  • the interface 1702 can be a general purpose input output (GPIO) interface, which can communicate with multiple peripheral devices (such as liquid crystal display (LCD), camera (camara), radio frequency, RF ) Module, etc.) connection.
  • GPIO general purpose input output
  • the interface 1702 is connected to the processor 1701 through the bus 1703.
  • the processor 1701 may be configured to call and execute instructions from the memory to implement the method provided in one or more embodiments of the present application.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor 1701, or may be coupled to the communication chip 1700 through the interface 1702, that is, the memory may be a part of the communication chip 1700 or may be independent of the communication chip 1700.
  • the interface 1702 may be used to output the execution result of the processor 1701.
  • processor 1701 and the interface 1702 can be implemented through hardware design, through software design, or through a combination of software and hardware, which is not limited here.
  • the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a dedicated computer, a computer network, network equipment, user equipment, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a tape), an optical medium (for example, a digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid-state drive (SSD)). ))Wait.
  • the embodiments can be mutually cited.
  • methods and/or terms between method embodiments can be mutually cited, such as functions and/or functions between device embodiments.
  • Or terms may refer to each other, for example, functions and/or terms between the device embodiment and the method embodiment may refer to each other.

Abstract

The embodiments of the present application disclose a signal transmission method and a communication apparatus. Said method comprises: receiving a first downlink signal; determining a first uplink signal from a first uplink signal group; and sending the first uplink signal, wherein the first uplink signal group corresponds to the first downlink signal, wherein the first uplink signal group is included in M uplink signal groups, and the M uplink signal groups are grouped according to one or more of the following parameters of the uplink signal: a sequence generation parameter, a cyclic shift value, a spreading code, and a time-frequency resource position, M being a positive integer. The implementation of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application reduces interference between uplink signals.

Description

信号传输方法和通信装置Signal transmission method and communication device
本申请要求于2019年08月16日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为201910762048.9、申请名称为“信号传输方法和通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office on August 16, 2019, the application number is 201910762048.9, and the application name is "signal transmission method and communication device", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference .
技术领域Technical field
本发明涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种信号传输方法和通信装置。The present invention relates to the field of communication technology, in particular to a signal transmission method and communication device.
背景技术Background technique
无线通信系统涉及的场景包括但不限于增强移动宽带(enhanced mobile broadband,eMMB)、超可靠低延时通信(ultra reliable low latency communications,URLLC)和大规模机器类型通信(massive machine type communications,mMTC)。其中,eMBB场景强调高吞吐量,URLLC场景强调高可靠性和低时延,mMTC场景强调海量连接数。在mMTC场景中,小区中会存在海量的潜在待接入用户设备(user equipment,UE)。The scenarios involved in wireless communication systems include but are not limited to enhanced mobile broadband (eMMB), ultra-reliable low-latency communications (URLLC), and massive machine type communications (mMTC) . Among them, the eMBB scenario emphasizes high throughput, the URLLC scenario emphasizes high reliability and low latency, and the mMTC scenario emphasizes massive connections. In the mMTC scenario, there will be a large number of potential user equipment (UE) to be accessed in the cell.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供了一种信号传输方法和通信装置,能够减少上行信号之间的干扰。The embodiments of the present application provide a signal transmission method and a communication device, which can reduce interference between uplink signals.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种信号传输方法,该方法包括:接收第一下行信号,从第一上行信号分组中确定第一上行信号,该第一上行信号分组与该第一下行信号是相对应的,发送该第一上行信号。实施本申请实施例提供的方法,通过下行信号和上行信号分组的绑定,可以保证信道特征相近的UE采用正交或者低相关性的上行信号,可以降低上行信号的干扰,大大提高网络设备进行上行信号检测的性能。现有方式中,一个小区中的UE都在一个相同的上行信号集合中进行上行信号选择,那么这些上行信号之间的干扰可能会比较高,特别是UE的信道特征比较接近的时候,干扰特别严重。本申请实施例通过下行信号和上行信号分组的对应,让信道特征相似的UE选择的上行信号尽量正交,减小了上行信号干扰,提高了系统的整体性能。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a signal transmission method. The method includes: receiving a first downlink signal, and determining a first uplink signal from a first uplink signal packet, and the first uplink signal packet is related to the first uplink signal packet. The downlink signal corresponds, and the first uplink signal is sent. By implementing the method provided in the embodiments of this application, by binding the downlink signal and the uplink signal grouping, it can be ensured that UEs with similar channel characteristics use orthogonal or low-correlation uplink signals, which can reduce the interference of uplink signals and greatly improve the performance of network equipment. Uplink signal detection performance. In the existing method, all UEs in a cell select uplink signals from the same uplink signal set, so the interference between these uplink signals may be relatively high, especially when the channel characteristics of the UEs are relatively close. serious. In the embodiment of the present application, through the correspondence between downlink signals and uplink signal groups, the uplink signals selected by UEs with similar channel characteristics are as orthogonal as possible, thereby reducing uplink signal interference and improving the overall performance of the system.
其中,“第一上行信号分组与第一下行信号是相对应的”中的对应还可以称为关联、映射、绑定、匹配等。Wherein, the correspondence in "the first uplink signal group corresponds to the first downlink signal" may also be referred to as association, mapping, binding, and matching.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一下行信号包括于N个下行信号中。所述N个下行信号可以通过序列生成参数、时频资源、扩频码、和循环移位值这几种参数中的一种或多种来相互区别。其中,N为正整数,例如1、2、3或者更大的整数,本申请实施例不做限制。当其中,N被配置为1的一种可能的应用场景为:小区中的用户数较少。In a possible design, the first downlink signal is included in N downlink signals. The N downlink signals can be distinguished from each other by one or more of several parameters: sequence generation parameters, time-frequency resources, spreading codes, and cyclic shift values. Wherein, N is a positive integer, such as an integer of 1, 2, 3 or greater, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. One possible application scenario where N is configured as 1 is: the number of users in the cell is small.
在一种可能的设计中,可以通过不同的序列生成参数来区分上述N个下行信号。示例性的,所述N个下行信号是分别由N个不同的序列生成参数生成的。其中,序列可以是伪随机(pseudo noise,PN)序列、ZC(zadoff-chu)序列或其他种类的序列。对于一种序列,不同的序列生成参数包括:序列的生成公式不同;或者序列的生成公式相同,但公式中的参数不同。相同的序列生成参数包括:序列的生成公式相同,且公式中的参数也相同。例 如对于ZC序列来说,采用不同根生成的ZC序列就是采用了不同序列生成参数生成的ZC序列。对于PN序列来说,采用不同的初始值生成的PN序列就是采用了不同序列生成参数生成的PN序列。In a possible design, different sequence generation parameters can be used to distinguish the above N downlink signals. Exemplarily, the N downlink signals are respectively generated by N different sequence generation parameters. The sequence may be a pseudo-noise (PN) sequence, a ZC (zadoff-chu) sequence or other types of sequences. For a sequence, different sequence generation parameters include: the sequence generation formula is different; or the sequence generation formula is the same, but the parameters in the formula are different. The same sequence generation parameters include: the sequence generation formula is the same, and the parameters in the formula are also the same. For example, for the ZC sequence, the ZC sequence generated using different roots is the ZC sequence generated using different sequence generation parameters. For the PN sequence, the PN sequence generated by using different initial values is the PN sequence generated by using different sequence generation parameters.
在一种可能的设计中,可以通过不同的循环移位值来区分上述N个下行信号。示例性的,所述N个下行信号是由同一个基础序列利用N个循环移位值分别生成的N个序列。其中,基础序列是指通过序列生成公式生成的序列,例如ZC序列或PN序列,对于ZC序列,基础序列还可以称为根序列,基础序列还未经过循环移位以及扩频等操作。In a possible design, the above N downlink signals can be distinguished by different cyclic shift values. Exemplarily, the N downlink signals are N sequences respectively generated from the same basic sequence using N cyclic shift values. Among them, the basic sequence refers to a sequence generated by a sequence generation formula, such as a ZC sequence or a PN sequence. For a ZC sequence, the basic sequence can also be called a root sequence, and the basic sequence has not undergone operations such as cyclic shift and spreading.
在一种可能的设计中,可以通过不同的时频资源来区分上述N个下行信号,示例性的,所述N个下行信号分别映射于N个时频资源上。In a possible design, the above-mentioned N downlink signals can be distinguished by different time-frequency resources. For example, the N downlink signals are respectively mapped on the N time-frequency resources.
在一种可能的设计中,可以通过不同的扩频码来区分上述N个下行信号。示例性的,所述N个下行信号是由同一个基础序列分别利用N个扩频码生成的N个序列。In a possible design, the above N downlink signals can be distinguished by different spreading codes. Exemplarily, the N downlink signals are N sequences generated from the same basic sequence using N spreading codes.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一上行信号分组包括于M个上行信号分组中。对于所述M个上行信号分组中的一组上行信号,该一组上行信号中包括Q个上行信号,该Q个上行信号中的一个上行信号是对该一组上行信号对应的一个基础序列进行循环移位得到的,或者该一个上行信号是对该一组上行信号对应的一个基础序列进行扩频得到的,或者该一个上行信号是对该一组上行信号对应的一个基础序列进行循环移位和扩频得到的。该一个上行信号是被映射至相应的时频资源进行发送的。其中,M和Q为正整数,任意两个不同上行信号分组中包括的上行信号的个数可以相同,也可以不同,本申请实施例不做限制。In a possible design, the first uplink signal packet is included in M uplink signal packets. For a group of uplink signals in the M uplink signal groups, the group of uplink signals includes Q uplink signals, and one of the Q uplink signals is a basic sequence corresponding to the group of uplink signals. Obtained by cyclic shift, or the one uplink signal is obtained by spreading a basic sequence corresponding to the group of uplink signals, or the one uplink signal is obtained by cyclic shifting a basic sequence corresponding to the group of uplink signals And spread spectrum. The one uplink signal is mapped to the corresponding time-frequency resource for transmission. Wherein, M and Q are positive integers, and the number of uplink signals included in any two different uplink signal groups may be the same or different, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在一种可能的设计中,可以通过不同的序列生成参数来区分上述M个上行信号分组。In a possible design, different sequence generation parameters can be used to distinguish the foregoing M uplink signal groups.
示例性的,所述M个上行信号分组一一地对应于M个不同的序列生成参数。例如该M个序列生成参数可以是M个ZC根,或者,该M个序列生成参数可以是M个PN序列的初始值。对于同一个上行信号分组,该上行信号分组中不同上行信号的以下参数中的至少一种不同:循环移位值、时频资源和扩频码。Exemplarily, the M uplink signal groups correspond to M different sequence generation parameters one by one. For example, the M sequence generation parameters may be M ZC roots, or the M sequence generation parameters may be the initial values of M PN sequences. For the same uplink signal group, at least one of the following parameters of different uplink signals in the uplink signal group is different: cyclic shift value, time-frequency resource, and spreading code.
示例性的,所述M个上行信号分组中的一个上行信号分组对应于至少一个序列生成参数,不同上行信号分组对应的序列生成参数不同。其中,任意两个不同上行信号分组对应的序列生成参数的个数可以相同,也可以不同,本申请实施例不做限制。对于同一个上行信号分组,该上行信号分组中不同上行信号的以下参数中的至少一种不同:序列生成参数、循环移位值、时频资源和扩频码。Exemplarily, one uplink signal group in the M uplink signal groups corresponds to at least one sequence generation parameter, and sequence generation parameters corresponding to different uplink signal groups are different. The number of sequence generation parameters corresponding to any two different uplink signal groups may be the same or different, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. For the same uplink signal group, at least one of the following parameters of different uplink signals in the uplink signal group is different: sequence generation parameters, cyclic shift values, time-frequency resources, and spreading codes.
对上行信号进行分组可以尽量保证组内上行信号保持正交或者近似保持正交,可以使得信道特征(例如信号到达角度(angle-of-arrival,AOA))比较相近的UE从同一分组内选择上行信号进行发送,而同一分组内的多个上行信号是正交或者相关性比较低的,能够减少上行信号之间的干扰。Grouping the uplink signals can try to ensure that the uplink signals in the group remain orthogonal or approximately remain orthogonal, so that UEs with similar channel characteristics (such as angle-of-arrival (AOA)) can select uplinks from the same group Signals are sent, and multiple uplink signals in the same group are orthogonal or have relatively low correlation, which can reduce interference between uplink signals.
在一种可能的设计中,可以通过不同的循环移位值来区分上述M个上行信号分组。In a possible design, different cyclic shift values can be used to distinguish the foregoing M uplink signal groups.
示例性的,所述M个上行信号分组一一地对应于M个不同的循环移位值。例如基础序列是ZC序列,该M个上行信号分组对应的ZC序列的根相同,该M个上行信号分组是由同一个基础序列利用M个循环移位值分别生成的M组序列,或者是由多个基础序列利用小于M个循环移位值生成的M组序列,每一个上行信号分组内的多个上行信号对应于同一个循环移位值,不同的上行信号分组对应的循环移位值不同。对于同一个上行信号分 组,该上行信号分组中不同上行信号的以下参数中的至少一种不同:基础序列、扩频码和时频资源。Exemplarily, the M uplink signal groups correspond to M different cyclic shift values one by one. For example, the basic sequence is a ZC sequence, the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the M uplink signal groups are the same, and the M uplink signal groups are M groups of sequences generated by the same basic sequence using M cyclic shift values, or Multiple basic sequences are generated by using less than M cyclic shift values. Multiple uplink signals in each uplink signal group correspond to the same cyclic shift value. Different uplink signal groups correspond to different cyclic shift values. . For the same uplink signal group, at least one of the following parameters of different uplink signals in the uplink signal group is different: basic sequence, spreading code, and time-frequency resource.
示例性的,所述M个上行信号分组中的一个上行信号分组对应于至少一个循环移位值,不同上行信号分组对应的循环移位值不同。其中,任意两个不同上行信号分组对应的循环移位值的个数可以相同,也可以不同,本申请实施例不做限制。对于同一个上行信号分组,该上行信号分组中不同上行信号的以下参数中的至少一种不同:基础序列、循环移位值、时频资源和扩频码。Exemplarily, one uplink signal group in the M uplink signal groups corresponds to at least one cyclic shift value, and different uplink signal groups correspond to different cyclic shift values. Wherein, the number of cyclic shift values corresponding to any two different uplink signal groups may be the same or different, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. For the same uplink signal group, at least one of the following parameters of different uplink signals in the uplink signal group is different: basic sequence, cyclic shift value, time-frequency resource, and spreading code.
通过循环移位值对上行信号进行分组还有另外的优势,若基础序列通过多个不同循环移位生成了多个上行信号,当上行接入定时误差的变动范围较大时,可能会超过最小的循环移位值的间隔,那么会导致接入性能下降。通过循环移位值进行分组,可以保证组内上行信号只对应一个或者少量的循环移位值,扩大了多个循环移位值之间的间隔,保证了接入的性能。其中,上行接入定时误差的变动范围较大,也可以理解为,上行接入定时误差的变动范围大于循环移位值的间隔,循环移位值的间隔可以理解为循环移位值的差值。Grouping uplink signals by cyclic shift values has another advantage. If the basic sequence generates multiple uplink signals through multiple different cyclic shifts, when the uplink access timing error varies widely, it may exceed the minimum The interval of the cyclic shift value will cause the access performance to decrease. Grouping by the cyclic shift value can ensure that the uplink signal in the group corresponds to only one or a small number of cyclic shift values, expand the interval between multiple cyclic shift values, and ensure the performance of access. Among them, the uplink access timing error has a large variation range. It can also be understood that the variation range of the uplink access timing error is greater than the interval of the cyclic shift value. The interval of the cyclic shift value can be understood as the difference of the cyclic shift value. .
在一种可能的设计中,可以通过不同的时频资源来区分上述M个上行信号分组。In a possible design, different time-frequency resources can be used to distinguish the foregoing M uplink signal groups.
示例性的,所述M个上行信号分组一一对应于M个不同的时频资源。不同的上行信号分组内的上行信号分别映射至不同的时频资源上。对于同一个上行信号分组,该上行信号分组中不同上行信号的以下参数中的至少一种不同:基础序列、循环移位值和扩频码。Exemplarily, the M uplink signal groups correspond to M different time-frequency resources one by one. The uplink signals in different uplink signal groups are respectively mapped to different time-frequency resources. For the same uplink signal group, at least one of the following parameters of different uplink signals in the uplink signal group is different: basic sequence, cyclic shift value and spreading code.
示例性的,所述M个上行信号分组中的一个上行信号分组对应于至少一个时频资源,不同上行信号分组对应的时频资源不同。其中,任意两个不同上行信号分组对应的时频资源的个数可以相同,也可以不同,本申请实施例不做限制。对于同一个上行信号分组,该上行信号分组中不同上行信号的以下参数中的至少一种不同:基础序列、循环移位值、时频资源和扩频码。Exemplarily, one uplink signal group in the M uplink signal groups corresponds to at least one time-frequency resource, and different uplink signal groups correspond to different time-frequency resources. Wherein, the number of time-frequency resources corresponding to any two different uplink signal groups may be the same or different, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. For the same uplink signal group, at least one of the following parameters of different uplink signals in the uplink signal group is different: basic sequence, cyclic shift value, time-frequency resource, and spreading code.
通过不同的时频资源来区分不同的上行信号分组,可以减少组间上行信号之间的干扰,可以尽量保证组间上行信号的正交性,使得组间可以配置更多相同的序列作为上行信号,从而在小区中可以支持更多个UE同时传输上行信号的,从而可以提高系统数据传输速率。Different time-frequency resources are used to distinguish different uplink signal groups, which can reduce the interference between uplink signals between groups and ensure the orthogonality of uplink signals between groups as much as possible, so that more identical sequences can be configured as uplink signals between groups , So that more UEs can transmit uplink signals simultaneously in the cell, which can increase the system data transmission rate.
在一种可能的设计中,可以通过不同的扩频码来区分上述M个上行信号分组。In a possible design, different spreading codes can be used to distinguish the foregoing M uplink signal groups.
示例性的,所述M个上行信号分组一一地对应于M个不同的扩频码。例如基础序列是ZC序列,该M个上行信号分组对应的ZC序列的根相同,该M个上行信号分组是对同一个基础序列利用M个扩频码生成的M组序列。对于同一个上行信号分组,该上行信号分组中不同上行信号的以下参数中的至少一种不同:基础序列、循环移位值和时频资源。Exemplarily, the M uplink signal groups correspond to M different spreading codes one by one. For example, the basic sequence is a ZC sequence, the roots of the ZC sequences corresponding to the M uplink signal groups are the same, and the M uplink signal groups are M groups of sequences generated by using M spreading codes for the same basic sequence. For the same uplink signal group, at least one of the following parameters of different uplink signals in the uplink signal group is different: basic sequence, cyclic shift value, and time-frequency resource.
示例性的,所述M个上行信号分组中的一个上行信号分组对应于至少一个扩频码,不同上行信号分组对应的扩频码不同。其中,任意两个不同上行信号分组对应的扩频码的个数可以相同,也可以不同,本申请实施例不做限制。对于同一个上行信号分组,该上行信号分组中不同上行信号的以下参数中的至少一种不同:基础序列、循环移位值、时频资源和扩频码。Exemplarily, one uplink signal group in the M uplink signal groups corresponds to at least one spreading code, and different uplink signal groups correspond to different spreading codes. Wherein, the number of spreading codes corresponding to any two different uplink signal groups may be the same or different, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. For the same uplink signal group, at least one of the following parameters of different uplink signals in the uplink signal group is different: basic sequence, cyclic shift value, time-frequency resource, and spreading code.
通过不同的扩频码来区分不同的上行信号分组,可以减少组间上行信号之间的干扰,可以尽量保证组间上行信号的正交性,使得组间可以配置更多相同的序列作为上行信号,从而在小区中可以支持更多个UE同时传输上行信号的,从而可以提高系统数据传输速率。Different uplink signal groups can be distinguished by different spreading codes, which can reduce the interference between uplink signals between groups, and ensure the orthogonality of uplink signals between groups as much as possible, so that more identical sequences can be configured as uplink signals between groups , So that more UEs can transmit uplink signals simultaneously in the cell, which can increase the system data transmission rate.
在一种可能的设计中,可以结合序列生成参数、循环移位值、时频资源和扩频码中的两种、三种或四种参数来区分上述M个上行信号分组。In a possible design, two, three or four parameters of sequence generation parameters, cyclic shift values, time-frequency resources, and spreading codes can be combined to distinguish the foregoing M uplink signal groups.
示例性的,可以通过不同的序列生成参数和/或不同的时频资源来区分上述M个上行信号分组;或,可以通过不同的序列生成参数和/或不同的扩频码来区分上述M个上行信号分组;或,可以通过不同的时频资源和/或不同的扩频码来区分上述M个上行信号分组;或,可以通过不同的时频资源、不同的序列生成参数、和/或不同的扩频码来区分上述M个上行信号分组。Exemplarily, the foregoing M uplink signal groups may be distinguished by different sequence generation parameters and/or different time-frequency resources; or, the foregoing M uplink signal groups may be distinguished by different sequence generation parameters and/or different spreading codes. Uplink signal grouping; or, the above M uplink signal groups can be distinguished by different time-frequency resources and/or different spreading codes; or, different time-frequency resources, different sequence generation parameters, and/or different To distinguish the above M uplink signal packets.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:接收N个下行信号的配置参数,该N个下行信号中包括上述第一下行信号,这里,N为正整数。其中,对于这N个下行信号中的一个下行信号,这一个下行信号的配置参数用于指示如下至少一项:这一个下行信号的标识、这一个下行信号的时域资源参数、这一个下行信号的频域资源参数、这一个下行信号的序列生成参数、这一个下行信号的扩频码的参数、和这一个下行信号的循环移位的参数。实施本申请实施例提供的方法,上述N个下行信号的配置参数可以由网络设备配置,实现配置更加灵活。可选的,序列生成参数包括如下中的一种或多种:序列生成方式的类型、生成参数。例如序列生成方式的类型包括ZC序列生成方式或PN序列生成方式,若为ZC序列生成方式,则生成参数为ZC序列的根,若为PN序列生成方式,则生成参数为PN序列的初始值。扩频码的参数包括扩频码的索引。循环移位的参数包括循环移位值的索引。In a possible design, the method further includes: receiving configuration parameters of N downlink signals, where the N downlink signals include the aforementioned first downlink signal, where N is a positive integer. Among them, for one of the N downlink signals, the configuration parameter of this downlink signal is used to indicate at least one of the following: the identifier of the downlink signal, the time domain resource parameter of the downlink signal, and the downlink signal The frequency domain resource parameters of the downlink signal, the sequence generation parameter of the downlink signal, the spreading code parameter of the downlink signal, and the cyclic shift parameter of the downlink signal. By implementing the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the configuration parameters of the above N downlink signals can be configured by the network device, which enables more flexible configuration. Optionally, the sequence generation parameters include one or more of the following: the type of sequence generation mode, and the generation parameters. For example, the types of sequence generation methods include ZC sequence generation methods or PN sequence generation methods. If it is a ZC sequence generation method, the generation parameter is the root of the ZC sequence; if it is a PN sequence generation method, the generation parameter is the initial value of the PN sequence. The parameter of the spreading code includes the index of the spreading code. The parameter of the cyclic shift includes the index of the cyclic shift value.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:接收M个上行信号分组的配置参数,该M个上行信号分组中包括上述第一上行信号分组,M为正整数。对于该M个上行信号分组中的一个上行信号分组,该一个上行信号分组的配置参数用于指示如下至少一项:该一个上行信号分组的标识、该一个上行信号分组中各上行信号的时域资源参数、该一个上行信号分组中各上行信号的频域资源参数、该一个上行信号分组中各上行信号的序列生成参数、该一个上行信号分组中各上行信号的扩频码的参数、和该一个上行信号分组中各上行信号的循环移位的参数。实施本申请实施例提供的方法,上述M个上行信号分组的配置参数可以由网络设备配置,实现配置更加灵活。In a possible design, the method further includes: receiving configuration parameters of M uplink signal packets, the M uplink signal packets include the foregoing first uplink signal packet, and M is a positive integer. For one uplink signal group in the M uplink signal groups, the configuration parameter of the one uplink signal group is used to indicate at least one of the following: the identifier of the one uplink signal group, the time domain of each uplink signal in the one uplink signal group Resource parameters, frequency domain resource parameters of each uplink signal in the one uplink signal group, sequence generation parameters of each uplink signal in the one uplink signal group, parameters of the spreading code of each uplink signal in the one uplink signal group, and the A parameter of the cyclic shift of each uplink signal in an uplink signal group. By implementing the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the configuration parameters of the foregoing M uplink signal groups can be configured by the network device, so that the configuration is more flexible.
在一种可能的设计中,上述一个下行信号的配置参数还用于指示这一个下行信号所对应的上行信号分组。In a possible design, the configuration parameter of the one downlink signal is also used to indicate the uplink signal group corresponding to this downlink signal.
在一种可能的设计中,上述一个上行信号分组的配置参数还用于指示这一个上行信号分组所对应的下行信号。In a possible design, the configuration parameter of the above-mentioned uplink signal group is also used to indicate the downlink signal corresponding to this uplink signal group.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:接收第一信令,所述第一信令用于指示N个下行信号与M个上行信号分组的对应关系,所述N个下行信号中包括所述第一下行信号,所述M个上行信号分组中包括所述第一上行信号分组。实施本申请实施例提供的方法,上述N个下行信号与上述M个上行信号分组的对应关系可以由网络设备配置,实现配置更加灵活。In a possible design, the method further includes: receiving first signaling, where the first signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between N downlink signals and M uplink signal groups, and among the N downlink signals The first downlink signal is included, and the M uplink signal packets include the first uplink signal packet. By implementing the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the correspondence between the foregoing N downlink signals and the foregoing M uplink signal groups can be configured by a network device, so that the configuration is more flexible.
在一种可能的设计中,上述第一上行信号分组内不同上行信号的时域资源参数不同,和/或,上述第一上行信号分组内不同上行信号的频域资源参数不同,和/或,上述第一上行信号分组内不同上行信号的序列生成参数不同,和/或,上述第一上行信号分组内不同上行信号的扩频码的参数不同,和/或,上述第一上行信号分组内不同上行信号的循环移位的参 数不同。In a possible design, the time domain resource parameters of different uplink signals in the first uplink signal group are different, and/or the frequency domain resource parameters of different uplink signals in the first uplink signal group are different, and/or, The sequence generation parameters of the different uplink signals in the first uplink signal group are different, and/or the parameters of the spreading codes of the different uplink signals in the first uplink signal group are different, and/or, the parameters in the first uplink signal group are different The parameters of the cyclic shift of the uplink signal are different.
在一种可能的设计中,上述上行信号包括随机接入前导序列(preamble)或解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)。In a possible design, the above uplink signal includes a random access preamble (preamble) or a demodulation reference signal (DMRS).
在一种可能的设计中,上述下行信号包括参考信号、同步信号、或广播信号。In a possible design, the aforementioned downlink signal includes a reference signal, a synchronization signal, or a broadcast signal.
在一种可能的设计中,上述接收N个下行信号的配置参数,包括:接收无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令,该RRC携带该N个下行信号的配置参数。In a possible design, the foregoing receiving configuration parameters of N downlink signals includes: receiving radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling, where the RRC carries the configuration parameters of the N downlink signals.
在一种可能的设计中,上述接收M个上行信号分组的配置参数,包括:接收RRC信令,该RRC携带该M个上行信号分组的配置参数。In a possible design, the foregoing receiving configuration parameters of the M uplink signal packets includes: receiving RRC signaling, where the RRC carries the configuration parameters of the M uplink signal packets.
在一种可能的设计中,上述第一信令包括RRC信令,该RRC携带上述N个下行信号与上述M个上行信号分组的对应关系。In a possible design, the foregoing first signaling includes RRC signaling, and the RRC carries the correspondence between the foregoing N downlink signals and the foregoing M uplink signal groups.
在一种可能的设计中,上述RRC信令包括系统消息(system information,SIB)或专用RRC信令。In a possible design, the above-mentioned RRC signaling includes system information (SIB) or dedicated RRC signaling.
在一种可能的设计中,第一方面所提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或者终端设备内部的芯片系统。In a possible design, the execution subject of the method provided in the first aspect may be a terminal device or a chip system inside the terminal device.
可选的,下行信号的标识还可以称为下行信号的索引。上行信号分组的标识还可以称为上行信号分组的索引。Optionally, the identifier of the downlink signal may also be referred to as the index of the downlink signal. The identifier of the uplink signal group may also be referred to as the index of the uplink signal group.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种信号传输方法,该方法包括:发送第一下行信号,接收第一上行信号,该第一上行信号包括于第一上行信号分组中,该第一上行信号分组与该第一下行信号是相对应的。In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a signal transmission method. The method includes: sending a first downlink signal, receiving a first uplink signal, the first uplink signal is included in a first uplink signal packet, and the first The uplink signal group corresponds to the first downlink signal.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:发送N个下行信号的配置参数,该N个下行信号中包括所述第一下行信号,这里,N为正整数。对于该配置参数的接收请参考第一方面中相应的描述,这里不再赘述。In a possible design, the method further includes: sending configuration parameters of N downlink signals, where the N downlink signals include the first downlink signal, where N is a positive integer. For the reception of this configuration parameter, please refer to the corresponding description in the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:发送M个上行信号分组的配置参数,该M个上行信号分组中包括上述第一上行信号分组,M为正整数。对于该配置参数的接收请参考第一方面中相应的描述,这里不再赘述。In a possible design, the method further includes: sending configuration parameters of M uplink signal packets, where the M uplink signal packets include the foregoing first uplink signal packet, and M is a positive integer. For the reception of this configuration parameter, please refer to the corresponding description in the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
在一种可能的设计中,这一个下行信号的配置参数还用于指示这一个下行信号所对应的上行信号分组。In a possible design, the configuration parameter of this downlink signal is also used to indicate the uplink signal group corresponding to this downlink signal.
在一种可能的设计中,这一个上行信号分组的配置参数还用于指示这一个上行信号分组所对应的下行信号。In a possible design, the configuration parameter of this uplink signal group is also used to indicate the downlink signal corresponding to this uplink signal group.
在一种可能的设计中,本申请实施例的方法还包括:发送第一信令,所述第一信令用于指示N个下行信号与M个上行信号分组的对应关系,所述N个下行信号中包括所述第一下行信号,所述M个上行信号分组中包括所述第一上行信号分组。In a possible design, the method of the embodiment of the present application further includes: sending first signaling, where the first signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between N downlink signals and M uplink signal groups, and the N The downlink signal includes the first downlink signal, and the M uplink signal packets include the first uplink signal packet.
在一种可能的设计中,上述第一上行信号分组内的不同上行信号的时域资源参数不同,和/或,上述第一上行信号分组内的不同上行信号的频域资源参数不同,和/或,上述第一上行信号分组内的不同上行信号的序列生成参数不同,和/或,上述第一上行信号分组内的不同上行信号的扩频码的参数不同,和/或,上述第一上行信号分组内的不同上行信号的循环移位的参数不同。In a possible design, the time domain resource parameters of different uplink signals in the first uplink signal group are different, and/or the frequency domain resource parameters of different uplink signals in the first uplink signal group are different, and/ Or, the sequence generation parameters of different uplink signals in the first uplink signal group are different, and/or the parameters of the spreading codes of different uplink signals in the first uplink signal group are different, and/or, the first uplink signal group The cyclic shift parameters of different uplink signals in the signal group are different.
在一种可能的设计中,上述第一上行信号包括随机接入前导序列preamble或解调参考 信号DMRS。In a possible design, the aforementioned first uplink signal includes a random access preamble sequence or a demodulation reference signal DMRS.
在一种可能的设计中,上述发送N个下行信号的配置参数,包括:发送RRC信令,该RRC携带该N个下行信号的配置参数。In a possible design, sending the configuration parameters of the N downlink signals includes: sending RRC signaling, and the RRC carries the configuration parameters of the N downlink signals.
在一种可能的设计中,上述发送M个上行信号分组的配置参数,包括:发送RRC信令,该RRC携带该M个上行信号分组的配置参数。In a possible design, sending the configuration parameters of the M uplink signal packets includes sending RRC signaling, and the RRC carries the configuration parameters of the M uplink signal packets.
在一种可能的设计中,上述第一信令包括RRC信令,该RRC携带上述N个下行信号与上述M个上行信号分组的对应关系。In a possible design, the foregoing first signaling includes RRC signaling, and the RRC carries the correspondence between the foregoing N downlink signals and the foregoing M uplink signal groups.
在一种可能的设计中,上述RRC信令包括系统消息SIB或专用RRC信令。In a possible design, the foregoing RRC signaling includes system message SIB or dedicated RRC signaling.
在一种可能的设计中,第一方面所提供的方法的执行主体可以是网络设备(例如基站)或者网络设备内部的芯片系统。In a possible design, the execution subject of the method provided in the first aspect may be a network device (such as a base station) or a chip system inside the network device.
可选的,下行信号的标识还可以称为下行信号的索引。上行信号分组的标识还可以称为上行信号分组的索引。Optionally, the identifier of the downlink signal may also be referred to as the index of the downlink signal. The identifier of the uplink signal group may also be referred to as the index of the uplink signal group.
本申请实施例中涉及的N个下行信号的区分方式以及M个上行信号分组的划分方式可以参考上述第一方面的相关描述,此处不再赘述。For the manner of distinguishing N downlink signals and the manner of dividing M uplink signal groups involved in the embodiments of the present application, reference may be made to the related description of the first aspect above, and details are not repeated here.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种装置,该装置可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备中的装置,或者是能够和终端设备匹配使用的装置。一种设计中,该装置可以包括执行第一方面中所描述的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块,该模块可以是硬件电路,也可是软件,也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。一种设计中,该装置可以包括处理单元和通信单元。示例性地,In the third aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a device, which may be a terminal device, a device in a terminal device, or a device that can be matched and used with the terminal device. In one design, the device may include modules that perform one-to-one correspondence of the methods/operations/steps/actions described in the first aspect. The modules may be hardware circuits, software, or hardware circuits combined with software. . In one design, the device may include a processing unit and a communication unit. Illustratively,
通信单元,用于接收第一下行信号;A communication unit for receiving the first downlink signal;
处理单元,用于从第一上行信号分组中确定第一上行信号,该第一上行信号分组与该第一下行信号是相对应的;A processing unit, configured to determine a first uplink signal from a first uplink signal group, where the first uplink signal group corresponds to the first downlink signal;
上述通信单元,还用于发送该第一上行信号。The aforementioned communication unit is also used to send the first uplink signal.
在一种可能的设计中,第一下行信号与第一上行信号分组的具体内容可以参见第一方面中针对第一下行信号与第一上行信号分组的具体描述,此处不再赘述。In a possible design, the specific content of the grouping of the first downlink signal and the first uplink signal may refer to the specific description of the grouping of the first downlink signal and the first uplink signal in the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
在一种可能的设计中,上述通信单元,还用于接收N个下行信号的配置参数,上述N个下行信号中包括上述第一下行信号,其中,N为正整数。该配置参数的内容可以参考第一方面中相应的描述,这里不再赘述。In a possible design, the aforementioned communication unit is further configured to receive configuration parameters of N downlink signals, and the aforementioned N downlink signals include the aforementioned first downlink signal, where N is a positive integer. For the content of the configuration parameter, refer to the corresponding description in the first aspect, which is not repeated here.
在一种可能的设计中,上述通信单元,还用于接收M个上行信号分组的配置参数,上述M个上行信号分组中包括上述第一上行信号分组,M为正整数。该配置参数的内容可以参考第一方面中相应的描述,这里不再赘述。In a possible design, the foregoing communication unit is further configured to receive configuration parameters of M uplink signal packets, where the M uplink signal packets include the first uplink signal packet, and M is a positive integer. For the content of the configuration parameter, refer to the corresponding description in the first aspect, which is not repeated here.
在一种可能的设计中,上述通信单元,还用于接收第一信令,该第一信令用于指示N个下行信号与M个上行信号分组的对应关系。该N个下行信号中包括该第一下行信号,该M个上行信号分组中包括该第一上行信号分组In a possible design, the above-mentioned communication unit is further configured to receive first signaling, and the first signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between N downlink signals and M uplink signal groups. The N downlink signals include the first downlink signal, and the M uplink signal packets include the first uplink signal packet
第四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种装置,该装置可以是网络设备,也可以是网络设备中的装置,或者是能够和网络设备匹配使用的装置。一种设计中,该装置可以包括执行第二方面中所描述的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块,该模块可以是硬件电路,也可是软件,也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。一种设计中,该装置可以包括处理单元和通 信单元。示例性地,In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a device, which may be a network device, a device in a network device, or a device that can be used in matching with the network device. In one design, the device may include modules that perform one-to-one correspondence of the methods/operations/steps/actions described in the second aspect. The modules may be hardware circuits, software, or hardware circuits combined with software. . In one design, the device may include a processing unit and a communication unit. Illustratively,
通信单元,用于发送第一下行信号;A communication unit for sending the first downlink signal;
上述通信单元,还用于接收第一上行信号,上述第一上行信号包括于第一上行信号分组中,上述第一上行信号分组与上述第一下行信号是相对应的。The communication unit is further configured to receive a first uplink signal, the first uplink signal is included in a first uplink signal group, and the first uplink signal group corresponds to the first downlink signal.
在一种可能的设计中,第一下行信号与第一上行信号分组的具体内容可以参见第二方面中针对第一下行信号与第一上行信号分组的具体描述,此处不再赘述。In a possible design, the specific content of the grouping of the first downlink signal and the first uplink signal may refer to the specific description of the grouping of the first downlink signal and the first uplink signal in the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
在一种可能的设计中,上述通信单元,还用于发送N个下行信号的配置参数,上述N个下行信号中包括上述第一下行信号,其中,N为正整数。该配置参数的内容可以参考第二方面中相应的描述,这里不再赘述。In a possible design, the foregoing communication unit is further configured to send configuration parameters of N downlink signals, and the foregoing N downlink signals include the foregoing first downlink signal, where N is a positive integer. For the content of the configuration parameter, refer to the corresponding description in the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
在一种可能的设计中,上述通信单元,还用于发送M个上行信号分组的配置参数,上述M个上行信号分组中包括上述第一上行信号分组,M为正整数。该配置参数的内容可以参考第二方面中相应的描述,这里不再赘述。In a possible design, the above-mentioned communication unit is further configured to send configuration parameters of M uplink signal packets, the M uplink signal packets include the first uplink signal packet, and M is a positive integer. For the content of the configuration parameter, refer to the corresponding description in the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
在一种可能的设计中,上述通信单元,还用于发送第一信令,该第一信令用于指示N个下行信号与M个上行信号分组的对应关系。该N个下行信号中包括第一下行信号,该M个上行信号分组中包括第一上行信号分组In a possible design, the aforementioned communication unit is also used to send first signaling, where the first signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between N downlink signals and M uplink signal groups. The N downlink signals include the first downlink signal, and the M uplink signal packets include the first uplink signal packet
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种装置,所述装置包括处理器,用于实现上述第一方面描述的方法。所述装置还可以包括存储器,用于存储指令和数据。所述存储器与所述处理器耦合或者集成在一起,所述处理器执行所述存储器中存储的指令时,可以实现上述第一方面描述的方法。所述装置还可以包括通信接口,所述通信接口用于该装置与其它设备进行通信,示例性的,通信接口可以是收发器、电路、总线、模块或其它类型的通信接口,其它设备可以为网络设备。在一种可能的设备中,该装置包括:In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a device, which includes a processor, configured to implement the method described in the first aspect. The device may also include a memory for storing instructions and data. The memory is coupled or integrated with the processor, and when the processor executes the instructions stored in the memory, the method described in the first aspect can be implemented. The device may also include a communication interface, which is used for the device to communicate with other devices. Exemplarily, the communication interface may be a transceiver, circuit, bus, module, or other type of communication interface, and other devices may be Internet equipment. In a possible device, the device includes:
存储器,用于存储程序指令;Memory, used to store program instructions;
处理器,用于利用通信接口,接收第一下行信号;A processor, configured to use a communication interface to receive the first downlink signal;
所述处理器,还用于从第一上行信号分组中确定第一上行信号,该第一上行信号分组与该第一下行信号是相对应的;The processor is further configured to determine a first uplink signal from a first uplink signal group, where the first uplink signal group corresponds to the first downlink signal;
所述处理器,还用于利用通信接口,发送该第一上行信号。The processor is further configured to use a communication interface to send the first uplink signal.
在一种可能的设计中,第一下行信号与第一上行信号分组的具体内容可以参见第一方面中针对第一下行信号与第一上行信号分组的具体描述,此处不再赘述。In a possible design, the specific content of the grouping of the first downlink signal and the first uplink signal may refer to the specific description of the grouping of the first downlink signal and the first uplink signal in the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
在一种可能的设计中,所述处理器,还用于利用通信接口接收N个下行信号的配置参数,上述N个下行信号中包括上述第一下行信号,其中,N为正整数。该配置参考的内容可以参考第一方面中相应的描述,这里不再赘述。In a possible design, the processor is further configured to use a communication interface to receive configuration parameters of N downlink signals, where the N downlink signals include the first downlink signal, where N is a positive integer. For the content of the configuration reference, refer to the corresponding description in the first aspect, which is not repeated here.
在一种可能的设计中,所述处理器,还用于利用通信接口接收M个上行信号分组的配置参数,上述M个上行信号分组中包括上述第一上行信号分组,M为正整数。该配置参考的内容可以参考第一方面中相应的描述,这里不再赘述。In a possible design, the processor is further configured to use a communication interface to receive configuration parameters of M uplink signal packets, the M uplink signal packets include the first uplink signal packet, and M is a positive integer. For the content of the configuration reference, refer to the corresponding description in the first aspect, which is not repeated here.
在一种可能的设计中,所述处理器,还用于利用通信接口接收第一信令,该第一信令用于指示N个下行信号与M个上行信号分组的对应关系。该N个下行信号中包括第一下行信号,该M个上行信号分组中包括第一上行信号分组。In a possible design, the processor is further configured to use a communication interface to receive first signaling, where the first signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between N downlink signals and M uplink signal groups. The N downlink signals include the first downlink signal, and the M uplink signal groups include the first uplink signal group.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种装置,所述装置包括处理器,用于实现上述第二方 面描述的方法。所述装置还可以包括存储器,用于存储指令和数据。所述存储器与所述处理器耦合或者集成在一起,所述处理器执行所述存储器中存储的指令时,可以实现上述第二方面描述的方法。所述装置还可以包括通信接口,所述通信接口用于该装置与其它设备进行通信,示例性的,通信接口可以是收发器、电路、总线、模块或其它类型的通信接口,其它设备可以为终端设备。在一种可能的设备中,该装置包括:In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a device, which includes a processor, configured to implement the method described in the second aspect. The device may also include a memory for storing instructions and data. The memory is coupled or integrated with the processor, and when the processor executes the instructions stored in the memory, the method described in the second aspect can be implemented. The device may also include a communication interface, which is used for the device to communicate with other devices. Exemplarily, the communication interface may be a transceiver, circuit, bus, module, or other type of communication interface, and other devices may be Terminal Equipment. In a possible device, the device includes:
存储器,用于存储程序指令;Memory, used to store program instructions;
处理器,用于利用通信接口,发送第一下行信号;A processor, configured to use the communication interface to send the first downlink signal;
所述处理器,还用于利用通信接口接收第一上行信号,上述第一上行信号包括于第一上行信号分组中,上述第一上行信号分组与上述第一下行信号是相对应的。The processor is further configured to receive a first uplink signal by using a communication interface, the first uplink signal is included in a first uplink signal group, and the first uplink signal group corresponds to the first downlink signal.
在一种可能的设计中,第一下行信号与第一上行信号分组的具体内容可以参见第二方面中针对第一下行信号与第一上行信号分组的具体描述,此处不再具体限定。In a possible design, the specific content of the grouping of the first downlink signal and the first uplink signal may refer to the specific description of the grouping of the first downlink signal and the first uplink signal in the second aspect, which is not specifically limited here. .
在一种可能的设计中,所述处理器,还用于利用通信接口发送N个下行信号的配置参数,上述N个下行信号中包括上述第一下行信号,其中,N为正整数。该配置参数的内容可以参考第二方面中相应的描述,这里不再赘述。In a possible design, the processor is further configured to use a communication interface to send configuration parameters of N downlink signals, where the N downlink signals include the first downlink signal, where N is a positive integer. For the content of the configuration parameter, refer to the corresponding description in the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
在一种可能的设计中,所述处理器,还用于利用通信接口发送M个上行信号分组的配置参数,上述M个上行信号分组中包括上述第一上行信号分组,M为正整数。该配置参数的内容可以参考第二方面中相应的描述,这里不再赘述。In a possible design, the processor is further configured to send configuration parameters of M uplink signal packets by using a communication interface, the M uplink signal packets include the first uplink signal packet, and M is a positive integer. For the content of the configuration parameter, refer to the corresponding description in the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
在一种可能的设计中,所述处理器,还用于利用通信接口发送第一信令,该第一信令用于指示上述N个下行信号与上述M个上行信号分组的对应关系。该N个下行信号中包括第一下行信号,该M个上行信号分组中包括第一上行信号分组。In a possible design, the processor is further configured to use a communication interface to send first signaling, where the first signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between the N downlink signals and the M uplink signal groups. The N downlink signals include the first downlink signal, and the M uplink signal groups include the first uplink signal group.
第七方面,本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行第一方面所述的方法。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method described in the first aspect.
第八方面,本申请实施例中还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行第二方面所述的方法。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method described in the second aspect.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面所述的方法。In a ninth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product containing instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method described in the first aspect.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第二方面所述的方法。In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method described in the second aspect.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,还可以包括存储器,用于实现上述方法中网络设备的功能。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system. The chip system includes a processor and may also include a memory for implementing the functions of the network device in the above method. The chip system can be composed of chips, or can include chips and other discrete devices.
第十二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,还可以包括存储器,用于实现上述方法中终端设备的功能。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In a twelfth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system. The chip system includes a processor and may also include a memory for realizing the functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method. The chip system can be composed of chips, or can include chips and other discrete devices.
第十三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种系统,所述系统包括第三方面或者第五方面所述的装置、和第四方面或者第六方面所述的装置。In a thirteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a system that includes the device described in the third aspect or the fifth aspect and the device described in the fourth or sixth aspect.
附图说明Description of the drawings
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例中的技术方案,下面将对本申请实施例中所使用的附图进行说明。In order to more clearly describe the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application, the drawings used in the embodiments of the present application will be described below.
图1是本申请实施例提供的无线通信系统的架构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a wireless communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种信号传输方法的流程示意图;2 is a schematic flowchart of a signal transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3-图13是本申请实施例提供的上行信号分组方式的示意图;3 to 13 are schematic diagrams of uplink signal grouping modes provided by embodiments of the present application;
图14-图15是本申请实施例提供的下行信号与上行信号分组的对应关系的示意图;14-15 are schematic diagrams of the correspondence between downlink signals and uplink signal groups provided by embodiments of the present application;
图16是本申请实施例提供的一种应用场景示意图;FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图17是本申请实施例提供的不同循环移位值对应的接收信号与发送信号的相关值的示意图;FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of correlation values between received signals and sent signals corresponding to different cyclic shift values provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图18-图19是本申请实施例提供的下行信号的配置参数示意图;18-19 are schematic diagrams of configuration parameters of downlink signals provided by embodiments of the present application;
图20-图21是本申请实施例提供的上行信号分组的配置参数示意图;20-21 are schematic diagrams of configuration parameters of uplink signal grouping provided by embodiments of the present application;
图22-图23是本申请实施例提供的下行信号与上行信号分组的对应关系的配置方式示意图;Figures 22-23 are schematic diagrams of configuration modes of the correspondence between downlink signals and uplink signal groups provided by embodiments of the present application;
图24-图27是本申请实施例提供的装置的逻辑结构示意图;Figures 24-27 are schematic diagrams of the logical structure of devices provided by embodiments of the present application;
图28是本申请实施例提供的一种通信芯片的结构示意图。FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication chip provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
本申请实施例中的术语仅用于对本申请的具体实施例进行解释,而非旨在限定本申请。The terms in the embodiments of the application are only used to explain the specific embodiments of the application, and are not intended to limit the application.
参考图1,图1示出了本申请实施例涉及的无线通信系统的示例。在无线通信系统100中,包括通信设备,通信设备间可以利用空口资源进行无线通信。其中,通信设备可以包括网络设备101和终端设备102,网络设备101还可以称为网络侧设备。空口资源可以包括时域资源、频域资源、码资源和空间资源中至少一种。Referring to FIG. 1, FIG. 1 shows an example of a wireless communication system involved in an embodiment of the present application. The wireless communication system 100 includes communication devices, and the communication devices can use air interface resources for wireless communication. The communication device may include a network device 101 and a terminal device 102, and the network device 101 may also be referred to as a network side device. The air interface resources may include at least one of time domain resources, frequency domain resources, code resources, and space resources.
网络设备101可以通过一个或多个天线来和终端设备102进行无线通信。各个网络设备101均可以为各自对应的覆盖范围104提供通信覆盖。网络设备101对应的覆盖范围104可以被划分为多个小区或多个扇区(sector),其中,一个小区或一个扇区对应一部分覆盖范围(未示出)。网络设备101可以通过无线空口105与终端设备102通信。网络设备101与网络设备101之间也可以通过接口107(如X2/Xn接口)直接地或者间接地相互通信。图1中网络设备101和终端设备102的数量仅用于示例,其不构成对本申请实施例的应用范围的限制。The network device 101 may perform wireless communication with the terminal device 102 through one or more antennas. Each network device 101 can provide communication coverage for its corresponding coverage area 104. The coverage area 104 corresponding to the network device 101 may be divided into multiple cells or multiple sectors, where one cell or one sector corresponds to a part of the coverage area (not shown). The network device 101 can communicate with the terminal device 102 through the wireless air interface 105. The network device 101 and the network device 101 may also communicate with each other directly or indirectly through an interface 107 (such as an X2/Xn interface). The numbers of network devices 101 and terminal devices 102 in FIG. 1 are only for example, and they do not constitute a limitation on the application scope of the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例涉及到的终端设备102还可以称为终端,可以是一种具有无线收发功能的设备,其可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。终端设备可以是用户设备(user equipment,UE),其中,UE包括具有无线通信功能的手持式设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备或计算设备。示例性地,UE可以是机器类通信(machine type communication,MTC)终端、手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑或带无线收发功能的电脑。终端设备还可以是虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制中的无线终端、无人驾驶中的无线终端、远程医疗中的无线终端、智能电网中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。本申请 实施例中,用于实现终端的功能的装置可以是终端;也可以是能够支持终端实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在终端中或者和终端匹配使用。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,以用于实现终端的功能的装置是终端或UE为例,描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。The terminal device 102 involved in the embodiments of the present application can also be called a terminal, and can be a device with wireless transceiver function. It can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle-mounted; or on water ( Such as ships, etc.); can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons and satellites, etc.). The terminal device may be a user equipment (UE), where the UE includes a handheld device with a wireless communication function, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, or a computing device. Exemplarily, the UE may be a machine type communication (MTC) terminal, a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer, or a computer with a wireless transceiver function. Terminal equipment can also be virtual reality (VR) terminal equipment, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in unmanned driving, wireless terminals in telemedicine, and smart Wireless terminals in power grids, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, and so on. In the embodiments of the present application, the device used to implement the function of the terminal may be a terminal; it may also be a device capable of supporting the terminal to implement the function, such as a chip system. The device may be installed in the terminal or used in conjunction with the terminal. In the embodiments of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices. In the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application, the device for implementing the functions of the terminal is a terminal or UE as an example to describe the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例涉及到的网络设备包括基站(base station,BS),可以是一种部署在无线接入网中能够和终端进行无线通信的设备。其中,基站可能有多种形式,比如宏基站、微基站、中继站和接入点等。示例性地,本申请实施例涉及到的基站可以是第五代(5th generation,5G)移动通信系统中的基站或长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统中的基站,其中,5G中的基站还可以称为发送接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)或下一代节点(next-generation Node B,gNB)。本申请实施例中,用于实现网络设备的功能的装置可以是网络设备;也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在网络设备中或者和网络设备匹配使用。在本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,以用于实现网络设备的功能的装置是网络设备或基站为例,描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。The network equipment involved in the embodiments of the present application includes a base station (base station, BS), which may be a device that is deployed in a wireless access network and can communicate with a terminal wirelessly. Among them, the base station may have many forms, such as macro base stations, micro base stations, relay stations, and access points. Exemplarily, the base station involved in the embodiment of the present application may be a base station in a fifth generation (5G) mobile communication system or a base station in a long term evolution (LTE) system, where the base station in 5G It can also be called a transmission reception point (TRP) or next-generation Node B (gNB). In the embodiments of the present application, the device used to implement the function of the network device may be a network device; it may also be a device capable of supporting the network device to implement the function, such as a chip system, which may be installed in the network device or connected to the network device. Matching use. In the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application, the device for implementing the functions of the network equipment is a network device or a base station as an example to describe the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例中,无线通信系统100不限于LTE系统,还可以是5G系统、无线高保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)系统或未来演进的系统等。其中,5G系统还可以称为新无线(new radio,NR)系统。无线通信系统100还可以是物联网(internet of things,IoT)系统、机器类型通信(machine type communications,MTC)系统、海量机器类通信(massive machine type communications,mMTC)系统、增强型机器类通信(enhanced machine type communications,eMTC)系统等。In the embodiment of the present application, the wireless communication system 100 is not limited to an LTE system, and may also be a 5G system, a wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) system, or a future evolution system. Among them, the 5G system can also be called a new radio (NR) system. The wireless communication system 100 may also be an Internet of Things (IoT) system, a machine type communication (MTC) system, a massive machine type communications (mMTC) system, and an enhanced machine type communication ( enhanced machine type communications, eMTC) system, etc.
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于通信设备间的无线通信。通信设备间的无线通信可以包括但不限于:网络设备和终端间的无线通信、网络设备和网络设备间的无线通信、以及终端和终端间的无线通信。其中,在本申请实施例中,术语“无线通信”还可以简称为“通信”,术语“通信”还可以描述为“数据传输”、“信息传输”或“传输”。示例性地,网络设备和终端间进行数据传输包括:网络设备向终端发送信号;和/或,终端向网络设备发送信号。本申请实施例提供的技术方案可用于进行调度实体和从属实体间的无线通信,本领域技术人员可以将该技术方案用于进行其它调度实体和从属实体间的无线通信,例如宏基站和微基站之间的无线通信,例如第一终端和第二终端间的无线通信。The technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to wireless communication between communication devices. The wireless communication between communication devices may include, but is not limited to: wireless communication between a network device and a terminal, wireless communication between a network device and a network device, and wireless communication between a terminal and a terminal. Among them, in the embodiments of the present application, the term "wireless communication" can also be referred to as "communication" for short, and the term "communication" can also be described as "data transmission", "information transmission" or "transmission". Exemplarily, the data transmission between the network device and the terminal includes: the network device sends a signal to the terminal; and/or, the terminal sends a signal to the network device. The technical solution provided by the embodiments of the application can be used for wireless communication between a scheduling entity and a subordinate entity, and those skilled in the art can use the technical solution for wireless communication between other scheduling entities and subordinate entities, such as macro base stations and micro base stations. Wireless communication between, for example, the wireless communication between the first terminal and the second terminal.
本申请实施例中,终端设备102可以通过随机接入过程接入网络设备101或接入包括网络设备101的系统,并和该网络设备101进行上行数据传输和/或下行数据传输。在随机接入过程中,终端设备102可以向网络设备101发送随机接入前导序列(preamble),网络设备101检测preamble并进行相应的反馈。在终端设备102向网络设备101发送数据的过程中,终端设备102可以向网络设备101发送解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS),用于物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)和/或物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)的相关解调。其中,PUSCH和PUCCH的DMRS可以相同,也可以不同,本申请实施例不做限制。本申请实施例中所提及的上行信号包括但不限于preamble或参考信号,例如也可以是PUSCH或PUCCH。参考信号包括 但不限于DMRS或探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)。参考信号也可以称为导频。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device 102 may access the network device 101 or a system including the network device 101 through a random access process, and perform uplink data transmission and/or downlink data transmission with the network device 101. In the random access process, the terminal device 102 may send a random access preamble sequence (preamble) to the network device 101, and the network device 101 detects the preamble and performs corresponding feedback. In the process of the terminal device 102 sending data to the network device 101, the terminal device 102 may send a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) to the network device 101 for use in the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) and / Or related demodulation of physical uplink control channel (PUCCH). Among them, the DMRS of PUSCH and PUCCH may be the same or different, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. The uplink signal mentioned in the embodiment of this application includes but is not limited to a preamble or a reference signal, for example, it may also be a PUSCH or PUCCH. Reference signals include but are not limited to DMRS or sounding reference signals (SRS). The reference signal can also be called a pilot.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换选择。信号还可以描述为序列、数据等。至少一个还可以描述为一个或多个,多个可以是两个、三个、四个或者更多个,本申请实施例不做限制。鉴于此,本申请实施例中也可以将“多个”理解为“至少两个”。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,字符“/”,如无特殊说明,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should be noted that the terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of this application can be selected interchangeably. Signals can also be described as sequences, data, etc. At least one can also be described as one or more, and multiple can be two, three, four or more, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit it. In view of this, in the embodiments of the present application, “a plurality of” may also be understood as “at least two”. "And/or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. In addition, the character "/", unless otherwise specified, generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship.
在本申请实施例中,对于一种技术特征,通过“第一”、“第二”、“第三”、“A”、“B”、“C”和“D”等区分该种技术特征中的技术特征,该“第一”、“第二”、“第三”、“A”、“B”、“C”和“D”描述的技术特征间无先后顺序或者大小顺序。In the embodiments of this application, for a technical feature, the technical feature is distinguished by "first", "second", "third", "A", "B", "C", and "D". The technical features in the "first", "second", "third", "A", "B", "C" and "D" describe the technical features in no order or size order.
在随机接入流程中,在一个小区内,UE在可选的一个或多个preamble序列中,随机选择一个preamble序列进行发送。若两个或多个UE同时选择了非正交的preamble序列进行发送,那么会对接收端带来干扰。特别是当这些UE的信道特征比较相似(例如这些UE距离很近)的时候,干扰会更加严重。此时,基站无法正确检测每个UE所发送的preamble,UE的接入成功率会降低。对于mMTC场景,小区内同时进行上行传输的UE可能会非常多,以上情况可能更加严重。In the random access procedure, in a cell, the UE randomly selects a preamble sequence to send in one or more optional preamble sequences. If two or more UEs simultaneously select non-orthogonal preamble sequences for transmission, it will cause interference to the receiving end. Especially when the channel characteristics of these UEs are relatively similar (for example, these UEs are very close), the interference will be more serious. At this time, the base station cannot correctly detect the preamble sent by each UE, and the access success rate of the UE will decrease. For the mMTC scenario, there may be many UEs performing uplink transmission at the same time in the cell, and the above situation may be more serious.
在通信系统中,还可能出现多个UE在相同或者部分相同的时频资源上,发送数据和参考信号(例如解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS))的情况。此时UE所使用的参考信号可以不由基站调度,而是由UE通过随机或者特定规则进行选择。若多个UE选择的参考信号的相关性较高,且这些UE的信道特性比较接近,则UE间的参考信号的干扰会比较严重。In a communication system, multiple UEs may also send data and reference signals (for example, demodulation reference signals (DMRS)) on the same or partially the same time-frequency resources. At this time, the reference signal used by the UE may not be scheduled by the base station, but selected by the UE through random or specific rules. If the reference signals selected by multiple UEs have high correlation and the channel characteristics of these UEs are relatively close, the interference of the reference signals between the UEs will be more serious.
因此,针对可能存在多个UE同时发送上行信号(例如preamble或者DMRS)的场景,如何减少上行信号之间的干扰是本申请实施例解决的技术问题。Therefore, for a scenario where multiple UEs may simultaneously send uplink signals (for example, preamble or DMRS), how to reduce interference between uplink signals is a technical problem solved by the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例提供了一种信号传输方法。参见图2,该信号传输方法包括但不限于如下步骤:The embodiment of the present application provides a signal transmission method. Referring to Figure 2, the signal transmission method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
S201、第一通信装置发送第一下行信号,第二通信装置接收第一下行信号。S201. The first communication device sends a first downlink signal, and the second communication device receives the first downlink signal.
S202、第二通信装置从第一上行信号分组中确定第一上行信号,第一上行信号分组与第一下行信号是相对应的。S202. The second communication device determines a first uplink signal from the first uplink signal group, and the first uplink signal group corresponds to the first downlink signal.
S203、第二通信装置发送第一上行信号,第一通信装置接收第一上行信号。S203. The second communication device sends the first uplink signal, and the first communication device receives the first uplink signal.
本申请实施例中,第一通信装置可以是网络设备,或者是可以安装在网络设备中或可以和网络设备匹配使用的软件模块、硬件电路、芯片、芯片系统或者其他器件。第二通信装置可以是终端设备,或者是可以安装在终端设备中或可以和终端设备匹配使用的软件模块、硬件电路、芯片、芯片系统或者其他器件。为方便描述,以下分别以第一通信装置是网络设备或基站,第二通信装置是终端设备或UE为例进行说明。In the embodiments of the present application, the first communication device may be a network device, or a software module, hardware circuit, chip, chip system, or other device that can be installed in the network device or can be matched with the network device. The second communication device may be a terminal device, or a software module, hardware circuit, chip, chip system, or other device that can be installed in the terminal device or can be matched with the terminal device. For ease of description, the first communication device is a network device or a base station, and the second communication device is a terminal device or UE as an example for description below.
本申请实施例中,可以将多个上行信号进行分组,划分为M个上行信号分组,每个上行信号分组中包括正整数个上行信号。其中,不同上行信号分组中包括的上行信号的个数可以相同,也可以不同,本申请实施例不做限制。在本申请实施例中,正整数可以是1、2、 3或者更大的整数,本申请实施例不做限制。每个上行信号分组内的不同信号之间正交或者具有低相关性,不同分组间的信号的相关性可以不进行限制,例如不同分组间的信号的相关性可以相对略高。任意两个分组间可以不包括相同的信号。任意两个分组间也可以包括部分或全部相同的信号。分组间相同的信号可以通过空间相互隔离,例如,接收端(例如网络设备)可以通过接收波束的方向进行上行信号的区分。对于分组内或者分组间,不同的信号可以通过不同的序列生成参数、不同的循环移位(cyclic shift,CS)值、不同的时频资源位置或不同的扩频码中的一种或多种参数来相互区分。In the embodiment of the present application, multiple uplink signals may be grouped into M uplink signal groups, and each uplink signal group includes a positive integer number of uplink signals. The number of uplink signals included in different uplink signal groups may be the same or different, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. In the embodiment of the present application, the positive integer may be an integer of 1, 2, 3 or greater, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit it. Different signals in each uplink signal group are orthogonal or have low correlation, and the correlation of signals between different groups may not be limited. For example, the correlation of signals between different groups may be relatively higher. Any two groups may not include the same signal. Any two groups can also include some or all of the same signals. The same signals among the packets can be separated from each other by space. For example, the receiving end (such as a network device) can distinguish uplink signals by the direction of the receiving beam. For intra-group or inter-group, different signals can generate one or more of different sequence parameters, different cyclic shift (CS) values, different time-frequency resource positions, or different spreading codes Parameters to distinguish each other.
示例性地,发送端在发送上行信号或下行信号时,可以经过以下操作中的部分或全部操作得到待发送的信号:序列生成、扩频、循环移位、预编码、资源映射等。在得到待发送的信号后,可以将该待发送的信号发送至接收端。其中,上述各种操作的执行顺序不作限定。示例性地,可以依次经过以下操作得到待发送的信号:Exemplarily, when sending an uplink signal or a downlink signal, the sending end may obtain the signal to be sent through some or all of the following operations: sequence generation, spread spectrum, cyclic shift, precoding, resource mapping, and so on. After the signal to be sent is obtained, the signal to be sent can be sent to the receiving end. The execution order of the above various operations is not limited. Exemplarily, the signal to be sent can be obtained through the following operations in sequence:
序列生成、预编码、资源映射;或者Sequence generation, precoding, resource mapping; or
序列生成、资源映射、预编码;或者Sequence generation, resource mapping, precoding; or
序列生成、扩频、预编码、资源映射;或者Sequence generation, spread spectrum, precoding, resource mapping; or
序列生成、扩频、资源映射、预编码;或者Sequence generation, spread spectrum, resource mapping, precoding; or
序列生成、循环移位、预编码、资源映射;或者Sequence generation, cyclic shift, precoding, resource mapping; or
序列生成、循环移位、资源映射、预编码;或者Sequence generation, cyclic shift, resource mapping, precoding; or
序列生成、循环移位、扩频、预编码、资源映射;或者Sequence generation, cyclic shift, spread spectrum, precoding, resource mapping; or
序列生成、循环移位、扩频、资源映射、预编码;或者Sequence generation, cyclic shift, spread spectrum, resource mapping, precoding; or
序列生成、扩频、循环移位、预编码、资源映射。Sequence generation, spread spectrum, cyclic shift, precoding, resource mapping.
序列生成、扩频、循环移位、资源映射、预编码。Sequence generation, spread spectrum, cyclic shift, resource mapping, precoding.
可选的,信号可以表示为序列,序列可以是伪随机(pseudo noise,PN)序列、ZC(zadoff-chu)序列或其他种类的序列。对于一种序列,不同的序列生成参数包括:序列的生成公式不同;或者序列的生成公式相同,但公式的一种或多种参数不同。Optionally, the signal may be expressed as a sequence, and the sequence may be a pseudo-noise (PN) sequence, a ZC (zadoff-chu) sequence or other kinds of sequences. For a sequence, different sequence generation parameters include: the sequence generation formula is different; or the sequence generation formula is the same, but one or more parameters of the formula are different.
例如对于ZC序列来说,采用不同根生成的ZC序列就是采用了不同序列生成参数生成的ZC序列。对于ZC序列生成方式,可根据公式x(n)=exp(-j*pi*u*n1*(n1+1)/Nzc)生成ZC序列,其中n1=n mod Nzc(n=0,1,…,L-1,L为序列长度),u为ZC序列的根,Nzc为小于等于序列长度L的最大素数,exp表示指数运算,j表示虚数单位,j的平方等于-1,pi表示圆周率。又例如,对于PN序列来说,采用不同初始值生成的PN序列就是采用了不同序列生成参数生成的PN序列。对于PN序列中Gold序列的生成方式来说,可以生成序列中的元素的取值为0或1的c(n)序列(n=0,1,…,L-1,L为序列长度),c(n)序列的生成公式为:c(n)=(x1(n+1600)+x2(n+1600))mod 2。其中mod表示求余运算,x1和x2通过递推方式生成,x1和x2的生成公式为:x1(n+31)=(x1(n+3)+x1(n))mod 2,x2(n+31)=(x2(n+3)+x2(n+2)+x2(n+1)+x2(n))mod 2,x1的初始值为固定值(例如为0或1),x2的初始值对于每个待生成的PN序列来说可以不同。通过改变不同的x2值可以生成不同的PN序列。在生成c(n)序列后,还可以对c(n)进行转换,将元素的取值为0或1的c(n)转换为取值为-1或+1的序列,例如,可以将c(n)中值为0的元素转换为-1,将值为1的元素转换为+1;或者,将c(n)中值为0的元素转换为+1,将值为1的元素转换为-1。为便于后续描述,本申请实施例中, 将根据ZC序列生成公式生成的ZC序列x(n)、或者根据PN序列生成公式生成的c(n)序列(或经过转换后的c(n)序列)、或者根据其他序列生成公式生成的序列称为基础序列,或者根序列。基础序列是未经过循环移位以及扩频操作的序列。For example, for the ZC sequence, the ZC sequence generated using different roots is the ZC sequence generated using different sequence generation parameters. For the ZC sequence generation method, the ZC sequence can be generated according to the formula x(n)=exp(-j*pi*u*n1*(n1+1)/Nzc), where n1=n mod Nzc(n=0,1, …, L-1, L is the sequence length), u is the root of the ZC sequence, Nzc is the largest prime number less than or equal to the sequence length L, exp represents the exponential operation, j represents the imaginary unit, the square of j is equal to -1, and pi represents the pi . For another example, for the PN sequence, the PN sequence generated using different initial values is the PN sequence generated using different sequence generation parameters. For the generation method of the Gold sequence in the PN sequence, it is possible to generate a c(n) sequence (n=0,1,...,L-1, L is the sequence length) whose elements in the sequence are 0 or 1, The formula for generating the c(n) sequence is: c(n)=(x1(n+1600)+x2(n+1600))mod 2. Among them, mod represents the remainder operation, x1 and x2 are generated by recursion, and the formula for generating x1 and x2 is: x1(n+31)=(x1(n+3)+x1(n))mod 2, x2(n +31)=(x2(n+3)+x2(n+2)+x2(n+1)+x2(n))mod 2, the initial value of x1 is a fixed value (for example, 0 or 1), x2 The initial value of can be different for each PN sequence to be generated. Different PN sequences can be generated by changing different x2 values. After generating the c(n) sequence, you can also convert c(n), and convert c(n) whose element value is 0 or 1 into a sequence whose value is -1 or +1. For example, you can convert The element with value 0 in c(n) is converted to -1, and the element with value 1 is converted to +1; or, the element with value 0 in c(n) is converted to +1, and the element with value 1 is converted Convert to -1. For the convenience of subsequent description, in the embodiments of the present application, the ZC sequence x(n) generated according to the ZC sequence generation formula, or the c(n) sequence generated according to the PN sequence generation formula (or the converted c(n) sequence ), or the sequence generated according to other sequence generation formulas is called the basic sequence or root sequence. The basic sequence is a sequence that has not undergone cyclic shift and spreading operations.
可以对序列(例如基础序列或者经过扩频操作的序列)进行循环移位。例如,针对ZC序列来说,循环移位在频域可以等效为对序列中的每个元素的相位(例如元素值为-1的相位为π,元素值为+1的相位为0)进行线性旋转,即y(n)=x(n)*exp(j*2*pi*循环移位值/T*n),其中循环移位值表示信号进行循环移位的时间长度(单位为秒),T表示用于传输该序列的符号中不包括循环前缀部分的持续时间长度(单位为秒),x(n)表示循环移位前的序列,y(n)表示循环移位后的序列,pi表示圆周率,j表示虚数单位,n表示序列中元素的序号,n=0,1,…,L-1,L为序列长度。其中,L为正整数。等效地,循环移位也可以表达为y(n)=x(n)*exp(j*2*pi*alpha/L*n),其中alpha的值可以由系统预定义或者由网络设备通过信令指示给终端。A sequence (for example, a base sequence or a sequence subjected to a spread spectrum operation) can be cyclically shifted. For example, for a ZC sequence, the cyclic shift in the frequency domain can be equivalent to the phase of each element in the sequence (for example, the phase of the element value -1 is π, and the phase of the element value +1 is 0). Linear rotation, that is, y(n)=x(n)*exp(j*2*pi*cyclic shift value/T*n), where the cyclic shift value represents the length of time the signal is cyclically shifted (in seconds) ), T represents the duration (in seconds) that does not include the cyclic prefix part in the symbols used to transmit the sequence, x(n) represents the sequence before cyclic shift, and y(n) represents the sequence after cyclic shift , Pi represents the circumference ratio, j represents the imaginary unit, n represents the sequence number of the elements in the sequence, n=0,1,...,L-1, L is the sequence length. Among them, L is a positive integer. Equivalently, the cyclic shift can also be expressed as y(n)=x(n)*exp(j*2*pi*alpha/L*n), where the value of alpha can be predefined by the system or passed by the network device Signaling instructions to the terminal.
可以对序列(例如基础序列或者经过循环移位的序列)进行扩频操作。将基础序列中的每个元素与扩频码中的每个元素相乘,可以得到扩频后的序列。其中,扩频码包括但不限于正交叠加码(orthogonal cover code,OCC)。例如,采用ZC序列生成方式生成的ZC序列x(n)包括10个元素{x(1),x(2),x(3),x(4),x(5),x(6),x(7),x(8),x(9),x(10)},扩频码包括2个元素{w 1,w 2},则将基础序列x(n)中的每个元素与扩频码中的每个元素依次相乘可以得到扩频后的序列为{x(1)*w 1,x(2)*w 1,x(3)*w 1,x(4)*w 1,x(5)*w 1,x(6)*w 1,x(7)*w 1,x(8)*w 1,x(9)*w 1,x(10)*w 1,x(1)*w 2,x(2)*w 2,x(3)*w 2,x(4)*w 2,x(5)*w 2,x(6)*w 2,x(7)*w 2,x(8)*w 2,x(9)*w 2,x(10)*w 2}。或者,将基础序列x(n)中的每个元素与扩频码中的每个元素对应相乘可以得到扩频后的序列为{x(1)*w 1,x(2)*w 2,x(3)*w 1,x(4)*w 2,x(5)*w 1,x(6)*w 2,x(7)*w 1,x(8)*w 2,x(9)*w 1,x(10)*w 2},这种情况下,扩频码可以是正交叠加码,扩频后序列长度不变。 The sequence (for example, the base sequence or the cyclically shifted sequence) can be spread spectrum operation. Multiply each element in the basic sequence with each element in the spreading code to get the spread sequence. Among them, the spreading code includes but is not limited to orthogonal cover code (OCC). For example, the ZC sequence x(n) generated by the ZC sequence generation method includes 10 elements {x(1), x(2), x(3), x(4), x(5), x(6), x(7), x(8), x(9), x(10)}, the spreading code includes 2 elements {w 1 , w 2 }, then each element in the basic sequence x(n) and Each element in the spreading code is multiplied in turn to get the sequence after spreading {x(1)*w 1 , x(2)*w 1 , x(3)*w 1 , x(4)*w 1 , x(5)*w 1 , x(6)*w 1 , x(7)*w 1 , x(8)*w 1 , x(9)*w 1 , x(10)*w 1 , x(1)*w 2 , x(2)*w 2 , x(3)*w 2 , x(4)*w 2 , x(5)*w 2 , x(6)*w 2 , x( 7)*w 2 , x(8)*w 2 , x(9)*w 2 , x(10)*w 2 }. Or, by multiplying each element in the basic sequence x(n) with each element in the spreading code, the sequence after spreading can be obtained as {x(1)*w 1 , x(2)*w 2 , X(3)*w 1 , x(4)*w 2 , x(5)*w 1 , x(6)*w 2 , x(7)*w 1 , x(8)*w 2 , x (9)*w 1 , x(10)*w 2 }. In this case, the spreading code can be an orthogonal superposition code, and the sequence length remains unchanged after spreading.
对于预编码操作,可以理解为将同一信号针对多个发送天线中的每一发送天线(这里的天线可以是虚拟的天线端口),乘以对应的一个系数,并在对应的天线进行发送。该多个天线对应的系数组成一个向量,该向量可以称为预编码向量。该多个天线发送的信号在空域会进行叠加,形成空域波束,空域波束的方向性与预编码向量的取值有关,即可以通过调整预编码向量的取值来调整信号在空域的发送方向。For the precoding operation, it can be understood that the same signal is multiplied by a corresponding coefficient for each of the multiple transmitting antennas (the antenna may be a virtual antenna port), and the same signal is transmitted on the corresponding antenna. The coefficients corresponding to the multiple antennas form a vector, which may be called a precoding vector. The signals sent by the multiple antennas are superimposed in the space to form a space beam. The directivity of the space beam is related to the value of the precoding vector, that is, the signal transmission direction in the space can be adjusted by adjusting the value of the precoding vector.
可选地,在本申请实施例中,上行信号的分组方式可以由协议预定义,也可以由网络设备通过信令配置给终端设备。上行信号分组的目的是尽量保证组内的不同信号之间相互正交或者具有低相关性。分组的方式可以有很多种。示例性的,可以将同一基础序列使用不同的循环移位值生成的信号划分为一组,这一组内的信号的以下参数中的至少一种不同:时频资源、扩频码和循环移位值。其中,基础序列可以是ZC序列,或者PN序列,或者其他类型的序列。例如,对于DMRS来说,DMRS可以根据ZC序列生成,可以将序列1、序列2和序列3划分为一组,这3个序列是由同一ZC序列通过不同循环移位值生成的,DMRS分组的方式的目的是尽量保证组内的DMRS相互正交或者相互具有低相关性。还可以将在同一个时频资源上映射的信号划分为一组,这一组内的信号的以下参数中的至少一种不同:序列生成参数、扩频码、和循环移位值。还可以将采用同一种扩频码的信号划分 为一组,这一组内的信号的以下参数中的至少一种不同:时频资源、序列生成参数和循环移位值。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the grouping manner of the uplink signal may be predefined by the protocol, or may be configured by the network device to the terminal device through signaling. The purpose of uplink signal grouping is to ensure that the different signals in the group are orthogonal to each other or have low correlation. There are many ways of grouping. Exemplarily, the signals generated by the same basic sequence using different cyclic shift values can be divided into a group, and at least one of the following parameters of the signals in this group is different: time-frequency resource, spreading code, and cyclic shift Place value. Among them, the basic sequence may be a ZC sequence, or a PN sequence, or other types of sequences. For example, for DMRS, DMRS can be generated according to ZC sequence, sequence 1, sequence 2, and sequence 3 can be divided into a group, these 3 sequences are generated by the same ZC sequence through different cyclic shift values, and DMRS is grouped The purpose of the method is to try to ensure that the DMRS in the group are orthogonal to each other or have low correlation with each other. The signals mapped on the same time-frequency resource can also be divided into a group, and the signals in this group are different in at least one of the following parameters: sequence generation parameters, spreading codes, and cyclic shift values. It is also possible to divide the signals using the same spreading code into a group, and the signals in this group are different in at least one of the following parameters: time-frequency resources, sequence generation parameters, and cyclic shift values.
下面针对M个上行信号分组的分组方式进行举例。需要说明的是:以下实施例中的ZC序列也可以换成其它类型的序列,例如PN序列,则ZC序列的序列生成参数(如ZC序列的根),可以替换为PN序列的序列生成参数(如PN序列的x2的初始值)。The following is an example of the grouping manner of M uplink signal groups. It should be noted that the ZC sequence in the following embodiments can also be replaced with other types of sequences, such as PN sequence, then the sequence generation parameters of the ZC sequence (such as the root of the ZC sequence) can be replaced with the sequence generation parameters of the PN sequence ( Such as the initial value of x2 of the PN sequence).
示例性的,可以根据序列生成参数来进行上行信号分组。根据序列生成参数进行上行信号分组,还可以描述为,根据基础序列或者根序列进行上行信号分组。示例性的,可以将同一个基础序列对应的上行信号作为一组,组间上行信号对应的基础序列不同,组内上行信号的以下参数中的一种或多种不同:时频资源、扩频码和循环移位值。这样可以保证组内上行信号保持正交(时频资源不同或者扩频码不同)或者近似保持正交(循环移位值不同)。若序列为ZC序列,可以根据ZC序列的根的取值进行分组,即将一个ZC序列的根对应的上行信号分为一组。若序列为PN序列,可以根据PN序列的初始值进行分组,将一个PN序列的初始值x2对应的上行信号分为一组。例如图3所示,图3中u1,u2,u3表示不同的根序列,CS1~CS4表示4种不同的循环移位取值,TF1和TF2表示用于传输上行信号的不同的时频资源,则将由u1生成的8个上行信号划分到组1,将由u2生成的上行信号划分到组2,将由u3生成的上行信号划分到组3。Exemplarily, uplink signal grouping may be performed according to sequence generation parameters. Grouping uplink signals according to sequence generation parameters can also be described as grouping uplink signals according to a basic sequence or a root sequence. Exemplarily, the uplink signals corresponding to the same basic sequence can be regarded as a group, the basic sequences corresponding to the uplink signals between the groups are different, and one or more of the following parameters of the uplink signals in the group are different: time-frequency resources, spread spectrum Code and cyclic shift value. This can ensure that the uplink signals in the group remain orthogonal (different time-frequency resources or different spreading codes) or approximately remain orthogonal (different cyclic shift values). If the sequence is a ZC sequence, it can be grouped according to the value of the root of the ZC sequence, that is, the uplink signals corresponding to the root of a ZC sequence are grouped. If the sequence is a PN sequence, it can be grouped according to the initial value of the PN sequence, and the uplink signals corresponding to the initial value x2 of a PN sequence are grouped into one group. For example, as shown in Figure 3, u1, u2, u3 in Figure 3 represent different root sequences, CS1 to CS4 represent 4 different cyclic shift values, and TF1 and TF2 represent different time-frequency resources for transmitting uplink signals. The 8 uplink signals generated by u1 are divided into group 1, the uplink signals generated by u2 are divided into group 2, and the uplink signals generated by u3 are divided into group 3.
示例性的,可以根据序列生成参数来进行上行信号分组。例如,将一个或多个基础序列对应的上行信号作为一组,组间上行信号对应的基础序列不同,组内全部或者部分上行信号的以下参数中的一种或多种不同:时频资源、扩频码和循环移位值。这样可以保证组内全部或者部分上行信号保持正交(时频资源不同或扩频码不同)或者近似保持正交(循环移位值不同)。例如图4所示,图4中u1,u2,u3表示不同的根序列的取值,CS1~CS4表示4种不同的循环移位取值,TF1和TF2表示用于传输上行信号的不同的时频资源,将由u1与u2生成的上行信号划分到组1,将由u3生成的上行信号划分到组2。可选的,每个分组对应的基础序列的个数可以相同,也可以不同。Exemplarily, uplink signal grouping may be performed according to sequence generation parameters. For example, the uplink signals corresponding to one or more basic sequences are regarded as a group, the basic sequences corresponding to the uplink signals are different between the groups, and one or more of the following parameters of all or part of the uplink signals in the group are different: time-frequency resources, Spreading code and cyclic shift value. This can ensure that all or part of the uplink signals in the group remain orthogonal (different time-frequency resources or different spreading codes) or approximately remain orthogonal (different cyclic shift values). For example, as shown in Figure 4, u1, u2, and u3 in Figure 4 represent the values of different root sequences, CS1~CS4 represent 4 different cyclic shift values, and TF1 and TF2 represent different times for transmitting uplink signals. Frequency resources, the uplink signals generated by u1 and u2 are divided into group 1, and the uplink signals generated by u3 are divided into group 2. Optionally, the number of basic sequences corresponding to each group may be the same or different.
示例性的,可以根据序列生成参数来进行上行信号分组。例如,将一个或多个基础序列对应的上行信号作为一组,组间对应的上行信号序列集合不完全相同,组间对应的上行信号序列集合可以有部分重叠。例如,若序列为ZC序列,可以根据ZC序列的根的取值进行分组,即将一个或多个ZC根序列对应的上行信号分为一组,但不同组包含的ZC的根的取值可以有部分重叠。例如图5所示,图5中u1,u2,u3表示不同的根序列的取值,CS1~CS4表示4种不同的循环移位取值,TF1和TF2表示用于传输上行信号的不同的时频资源,将由u1与u2生成的上行信号划分到组1,将由u2和u3生成的上行信号划分到组2。Exemplarily, uplink signal grouping may be performed according to sequence generation parameters. For example, if the uplink signals corresponding to one or more basic sequences are taken as a group, the corresponding uplink signal sequence sets between the groups are not completely the same, and the corresponding uplink signal sequence sets between the groups may partially overlap. For example, if the sequence is a ZC sequence, it can be grouped according to the value of the root of the ZC sequence, that is, the uplink signals corresponding to one or more ZC root sequences are grouped into one group, but the values of the ZC roots contained in different groups can be Partially overlapped. For example, as shown in Figure 5, u1, u2, and u3 in Figure 5 represent the values of different root sequences, CS1~CS4 represent 4 different cyclic shift values, and TF1 and TF2 represent different timings for transmitting uplink signals. Frequency resources, the uplink signals generated by u1 and u2 are divided into group 1, and the uplink signals generated by u2 and u3 are divided into group 2.
示例性的,可以根据循环移位值来进行上行信号分组。例如,将一个循环移位值对应的上行信号作为一组,组间上行信号对应的循环移位值不同,组内上行信号的以下参数中的一种或多种不同:时频资源、序列生成参数和扩频码。例如图6所示,图6中CS1~CS4表示4种不同的循环移位取值,TF1和TF2表示用于传输上行信号的不同的时频资源,将循环移位值为CS1的上行信号划分到组1,将循环移位值为CS2的上行信号划分到组2,将循环移位值为CS3的上行信号划分到组3,将循环移位值为CS4的上行信号划分到组4。通过循环移位值对上行信号进行分组还有另外的优势,若基础序列通过多个不同循环移位 生成了多个上行信号,当上行接入定时误差的变动范围较大时,可能会超过最小的循环移位值的间隔,那么会导致接入性能下降。通过循环移位值进行分组,可以保证组内上行信号只对应一个或者少量的循环移位值,扩大了多个循环移位值之间的间隔,保证了接入的性能。其中,上行接入定时误差的变动范围较大,也可以理解为,上行接入定时误差的变动范围大于循环移位值的间隔,循环移位值的间隔可以理解为循环移位值的差值。Exemplarily, the uplink signal can be grouped according to the cyclic shift value. For example, if the uplink signal corresponding to a cyclic shift value is regarded as a group, the cyclic shift value corresponding to the uplink signal between the groups is different, and one or more of the following parameters of the uplink signal in the group are different: time-frequency resource, sequence generation Parameters and spreading codes. For example, as shown in Figure 6, CS1 to CS4 in Figure 6 represent 4 different cyclic shift values, TF1 and TF2 represent different time-frequency resources used to transmit uplink signals, and the uplink signal with a cyclic shift value of CS1 is divided To group 1, divide the uplink signal with the cyclic shift value of CS2 into group 2, divide the uplink signal with the cyclic shift value of CS3 into group 3, and divide the uplink signal with the cyclic shift value of CS4 into group 4. Grouping uplink signals by cyclic shift values has another advantage. If the basic sequence generates multiple uplink signals through multiple different cyclic shifts, when the uplink access timing error varies widely, it may exceed the minimum The interval of the cyclic shift value will cause the access performance to decrease. Grouping by the cyclic shift value can ensure that the uplink signal in the group corresponds to only one or a small number of cyclic shift values, expand the interval between multiple cyclic shift values, and ensure the performance of access. Among them, the uplink access timing error has a large variation range. It can also be understood that the variation range of the uplink access timing error is greater than the interval of the cyclic shift value. The interval of the cyclic shift value can be understood as the difference of the cyclic shift value. .
示例性的,可以根据循环移位值来进行上行信号分组。例如,将一个或多个循环移位值对应的上行信号作为一组。例如设CSn为第n(假设n从1开始计数,n的取值为正整数)个循环移位值,需要分为M组,则mod(n-1,M)+1表示对应的组号(假设组号从1开始计数)。例如若M=2,则CS取值的序号为奇数的分为一组(即CS1和CS3对应组1),CS取值为偶数的分为一组(即CS2和CS4对应组2),则组内上行信号对应的循环移位值之间的间隔比较大,组内上行信号的如下一种或多种不同:循环移位值、时频资源和扩频码。这样可以保证组内上行信号保持正交(时频资源不同或扩频码不同)或者近似保持正交(循环移位值间隔比较大)。例如图7所示,图7中CS1~CS4表示4种不同的循环移位取值,TF1和TF2表示用于传输上行信号的不同的时频资源,将循环移位值为CS1与CS3的上行信号划分到组1,将循环移位值为CS2与CS4的上行信号划分到组2。可选的,每个分组对应的循环移位值的个数可以相同,也可以不同。组间对应的循环移位值可以部分重叠,例如,将循环移位值为CS1与CS3的上行信号划分到组1,将循环移位值为CS2与CS3的上行信号划分到组2。组内全部或者部分上行信号的以下参数中的一种或多种不同:时频资源、序列生成参数和扩频码。Exemplarily, the uplink signal can be grouped according to the cyclic shift value. For example, the uplink signals corresponding to one or more cyclic shift values are regarded as a group. For example, suppose CSn is the nth (assuming that n starts counting from 1, and the value of n is a positive integer) cyclic shift value, which needs to be divided into M groups, then mod(n-1,M)+1 represents the corresponding group number (Assuming that the group number starts counting from 1). For example, if M=2, the odd numbers of CS are divided into one group (that is, CS1 and CS3 correspond to group 1), and those with even numbers are divided into one group (that is, CS2 and CS4 correspond to group 2), then The interval between the cyclic shift values corresponding to the uplink signals in the group is relatively large, and the uplink signals in the group are different in one or more of the following: cyclic shift values, time-frequency resources, and spreading codes. This can ensure that the uplink signals in the group remain orthogonal (different time-frequency resources or different spreading codes) or approximately remain orthogonal (the cyclic shift value interval is relatively large). For example, as shown in Figure 7, CS1~CS4 in Figure 7 represent 4 different cyclic shift values, TF1 and TF2 represent different time-frequency resources used to transmit uplink signals, and the cyclic shift values are the uplinks of CS1 and CS3. The signals are divided into group 1, and the uplink signals with cyclic shift values of CS2 and CS4 are divided into group 2. Optionally, the number of cyclic shift values corresponding to each group may be the same or different. The corresponding cyclic shift values between groups may partially overlap. For example, uplink signals with cyclic shift values CS1 and CS3 are divided into group 1, and uplink signals with cyclic shift values CS2 and CS3 are divided into group 2. One or more of the following parameters of all or part of the uplink signals in the group are different: time-frequency resources, sequence generation parameters, and spreading codes.
示例性的,可以根据序列生成参数和循环移位值来进行上行信号分组。例如,将上行信号按照序列生成参数不同进行分组,以及按照循环移位值不同进行分组,不同的序列生成参数对应的上行信号分配至不同的分组,不同的循环移位值对应的上行信号分配至不同的分组。这样可以保证组内上行信号保持正交(时频资源不同或扩频码不同)。例如图8所示,图8中u1,u2表示不同的根序列的取值,图中CS1~CS2表示2种不同的循环移位取值,TF1和TF2表示用于传输上行信号的不同的时频资源,采用根序列u1和循环移位值CS1生成的上行信号对应组1,采用根序列u1和循环移位值CS2生成的上行信号对应组2,采用根序列u2和循环移位值CS1生成的上行信号对应组3,采用根序列u2和循环移位值CS2生成的上行信号对应组4。Exemplarily, the uplink signal can be grouped according to the sequence generation parameter and the cyclic shift value. For example, uplink signals are grouped according to different sequence generation parameters and grouped according to different cyclic shift values. The uplink signals corresponding to different sequence generation parameters are allocated to different groups, and the uplink signals corresponding to different cyclic shift values are allocated to Different groupings. This can ensure that the uplink signals in the group remain orthogonal (different time-frequency resources or different spreading codes). For example, as shown in Figure 8, u1 and u2 in Figure 8 represent the values of different root sequences. In the figure, CS1~CS2 represent two different cyclic shift values, and TF1 and TF2 represent different times for transmitting uplink signals. Frequency resources, the uplink signal generated by the root sequence u1 and the cyclic shift value CS1 corresponds to group 1, and the uplink signal generated by the root sequence u1 and the cyclic shift value CS2 corresponds to group 2, and the root sequence u2 and the cyclic shift value CS1 are used. The uplink signal corresponding to group 3, and the uplink signal generated using the root sequence u2 and the cyclic shift value CS2 corresponds to group 4.
示例性的,可以根据时频资源来进行上行信号分组。例如,将一个时频资源对应的上行信号作为一组,组间上行信号对应的时频资源不同,组内上行信号的以下参数中的一种或多种不同:序列生成参数、扩频码和循环移位值。例如图9所示,图9中u1,u2表示不同的根序列,CS1~CS4表示4种不同的循环移位取值,TF1和TF2表示用于传输上行信号的不同的时频资源,则将占用时频资源TF1的上行信号划分到组1,将占用时频资源TF2的上行信号划分到组2。示例性的,还可以将一个或多个时频资源对应的上行信号作为一组,组间上行信号对应的时频资源不同。例如,将占用时频资源1和时频资源2的上行信号划分到组1,将占用时频资源3和时频资源4的上行信号划分到组2。可选的,每个分组对应的时频资源的个数可以相同,也可以不同。组间对应的时频资源可以部分重叠,例如,将占用时频资源1和时频资源2的上行信号划分到组1,将占用时频资源2和时频资源3 的上行信号划分到组2。组内全部或者部分上行信号的以下参数中的一种或多种不同:序列生成参数、扩频码和循环移位值。Exemplarily, uplink signal grouping may be performed according to time-frequency resources. For example, if the uplink signal corresponding to a time-frequency resource is regarded as a group, the time-frequency resources corresponding to the uplink signal between the groups are different, and one or more of the following parameters of the uplink signal in the group are different: sequence generation parameters, spreading codes, and Rotation value. For example, as shown in Figure 9, u1 and u2 in Figure 9 represent different root sequences, CS1~CS4 represent 4 different cyclic shift values, and TF1 and TF2 represent different time-frequency resources used to transmit uplink signals. The uplink signals occupying the time-frequency resource TF1 are divided into group 1, and the uplink signals occupying the time-frequency resource TF2 are divided into group 2. Exemplarily, the uplink signals corresponding to one or more time-frequency resources may also be regarded as a group, and the time-frequency resources corresponding to the uplink signals are different between the groups. For example, the uplink signals occupying time-frequency resource 1 and time-frequency resource 2 are divided into group 1, and the uplink signals occupying time-frequency resource 3 and time-frequency resource 4 are divided into group 2. Optionally, the number of time-frequency resources corresponding to each group may be the same or different. The corresponding time-frequency resources between groups may partially overlap. For example, the uplink signals occupying time- frequency resources 1 and 2 are divided into group 1, and the uplink signals occupying time- frequency resources 2 and 3 are divided into group 2. . One or more of the following parameters of all or part of the uplink signals in the group are different: sequence generation parameters, spreading codes, and cyclic shift values.
示例性的,还可以根据序列生成参数和时频资源来进行上行信号分组。例如,将上行信号按照序列生成参数进行分组,并按照时频资源进行分组。例如图10所示,图10中u1,u2表示不同的根序列的取值,CS1~CS4表示4种不同的循环移位取值,TF1和TF2表示用于传输上行信号的不同的时频资源,将根序列为u1且时频资源为TF1的上行信号划分到组1,将根序列为u1且时频资源为TF2的上行信号划分到组2,将根序列为u2且时频资源为TF1的上行信号划分到组3,将根序列为u2且时频资源为TF2的上行信号划分到组4。Exemplarily, uplink signal grouping may also be performed according to sequence generation parameters and time-frequency resources. For example, the uplink signals are grouped according to sequence generation parameters, and grouped according to time-frequency resources. For example, as shown in Figure 10, u1 and u2 in Figure 10 represent the values of different root sequences, CS1~CS4 represent 4 different cyclic shift values, and TF1 and TF2 represent different time-frequency resources used to transmit uplink signals. , Divide the uplink signal with the root sequence u1 and the time-frequency resource as TF1 into group 1, divide the uplink signal with the root sequence u1 and the time-frequency resource as TF2 into group 2, and divide the root sequence as u2 and the time-frequency resource as TF1 The uplink signal of is divided into group 3, and the uplink signal whose root sequence is u2 and the time-frequency resource is TF2 is divided into group 4.
示例性的,还可以根据循环移位值和时频资源来进行上行信号分组。例如,将上行信号按照循环移位值进行分组,并按照时频资源进行分组。例如图11所示,图11中u1,u2表示不同的根序列的取值,CS1~CS4表示4种不同的循环移位取值,TF1和TF2表示用于传输上行信号的不同的时频资源,将循环移位值为CS1或CS3且时频资源为TF1的上行信号划分到组1,将循环移位值为CS1或CS3且时频资源为TF2的上行信号划分到组2,将循环移位值为CS2或CS4且时频资源为TF1的上行信号划分到组3,将循环移位值为CS2或CS4且时频资源为TF2的上行信号划分到组4。Exemplarily, uplink signal grouping may also be performed according to the cyclic shift value and time-frequency resources. For example, the uplink signals are grouped according to cyclic shift values and grouped according to time-frequency resources. For example, as shown in Figure 11, u1 and u2 in Figure 11 represent the values of different root sequences, CS1~CS4 represent 4 different cyclic shift values, and TF1 and TF2 represent different time-frequency resources used to transmit uplink signals. , Divide the uplink signal whose cyclic shift value is CS1 or CS3 and the time-frequency resource is TF1 into group 1, and divide the uplink signal whose cyclic shift value is CS1 or CS3 and the time-frequency resource is TF2 into group 2, and the cyclic shift The uplink signal whose bit value is CS2 or CS4 and the time-frequency resource is TF1 is divided into group 3, and the uplink signal whose cyclic shift value is CS2 or CS4 and the time-frequency resource is TF2 is divided into group 4.
示例性的,还可以根据序列生成参数、循环移位值和时频资源来进行上行信号分组。例如,将上行信号按照序列进行分组,并按照循环移位值进行分组,以及按照时频资源进行分组。例如图12所示,图12中u1,u2表示不同的根序列的取值,CS1~CS4表示4种不同的循环移位取值,TF1和TF2表示用于传输上行信号的不同的时频资源,将根序列为u1、循环移位值为CS1或CS3且时频资源为TF1的上行信号划分到组1,将根序列为u1、循环移位值为CS2或CS4且时频资源为TF1的上行信号划分到组2,将根序列为u1、循环移位值为CS1或CS3且时频资源为TF2的上行信号划分到组3,将根序列为u1、循环移位值为CS2或CS4且时频资源为TF2的上行信号划分到组4,将根序列为u2、循环移位值为CS1或CS3且时频资源为TF1的上行信号划分到组5,将根序列为u2、循环移位值为CS2或CS4且时频资源为TF1的上行信号划分到组6,将根序列为u2、循环移位值为CS1或CS3且时频资源为TF2的上行信号划分到组7,将根序列为u2、循环移位值为CS2或CS4且时频资源为TF2的上行信号划分到组8。Exemplarily, uplink signal grouping may also be performed according to sequence generation parameters, cyclic shift values, and time-frequency resources. For example, the uplink signals are grouped according to sequences, grouped according to cyclic shift values, and grouped according to time-frequency resources. For example, as shown in Figure 12, u1 and u2 in Figure 12 represent the values of different root sequences, CS1~CS4 represent 4 different cyclic shift values, and TF1 and TF2 represent different time-frequency resources used to transmit uplink signals. , Divide the uplink signal with the root sequence u1, the cyclic shift value CS1 or CS3 and the time-frequency resource TF1 into group 1, and the root sequence u1, the cyclic shift value CS2 or CS4, and the time-frequency resource TF1 The uplink signal is divided into group 2, the root sequence is u1, the cyclic shift value is CS1 or CS3, and the time-frequency resource is TF2 uplink signal is divided into group 3, the root sequence is u1, the cyclic shift value is CS2 or CS4 and The uplink signal whose time-frequency resource is TF2 is divided into group 4, the root sequence is u2, the cyclic shift value is CS1 or CS3, and the uplink signal whose time-frequency resource is TF1 is divided into group 5, and the root sequence is u2, cyclic shift The uplink signals with the value of CS2 or CS4 and the time-frequency resource of TF1 are divided into group 6, and the uplink signals with the root sequence of u2, the cyclic shift value of CS1 or CS3 and the time-frequency resource of TF2 are divided into group 7, and the root sequence is The uplink signals with u2, the cyclic shift value of CS2 or CS4, and the time-frequency resource of TF2 are divided into group 8.
示例性的,还可以根据扩频码来进行上行信号分组,将一种扩频码对应的上行信号作为一组,组间上行信号对应的扩频码不同,组内上行信号对应的以下至少一项不同:序列生成参数、循环移位值、和时频资源。在本申请实施例中,至少一项可以是一项、两项或者更多项,本申请实施例不做限制。例如图13所示,u1表示根序列,SC1~SC4表示不同扩频码的取值,CS1~CS4表示4种不同的循环移位取值,TF1和TF2表示用于传输上行信号的不同的时频资源,将扩频码为SC1的上行信号划分到1,将扩频码为SC2的上行信号划分到组2,将扩频码为SC3的上行信号划分到组3,将扩频码为SC4的上行信号划分到组4。还可以将扩频码与序列生成参数、循环移位值或时频资源中的一种或多种结合,进行精细粒度的上行信号分组,分组方式可以参考前述图3至图12所示分组方式,此处不再赘述。Exemplarily, the uplink signals can also be grouped according to spreading codes, and the uplink signals corresponding to one spreading code are regarded as a group. The spreading codes corresponding to the uplink signals between groups are different, and the uplink signals in the group correspond to at least one of the following The items are different: sequence generation parameters, cyclic shift values, and time-frequency resources. In the embodiments of the present application, at least one item may be one, two or more items, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application. For example, as shown in Figure 13, u1 represents the root sequence, SC1~SC4 represent the values of different spreading codes, CS1~CS4 represent 4 different cyclic shift values, and TF1 and TF2 represent different times for transmitting uplink signals. Frequency resources, the uplink signal with the spreading code SC1 is divided into 1, the uplink signal with the spreading code SC2 is divided into group 2, the uplink signal with the spreading code SC3 is divided into group 3, and the spreading code is SC4 The uplink signal is divided into group 4. It is also possible to combine spreading codes with one or more of sequence generation parameters, cyclic shift values, or time-frequency resources to perform fine-grained uplink signal grouping. The grouping method can refer to the grouping method shown in Figure 3 to Figure 12 above. , I won’t repeat it here.
在本申请实施例中,上行信号的时频资源还可以描述为上行信号的时频资源位置。In the embodiment of the present application, the time-frequency resource of the uplink signal can also be described as the location of the time-frequency resource of the uplink signal.
上述仅对上行信号分组的几种方式进行了举例,在实际应用中,基于不同的序列生成参数、循环移位值、时频资源位置或扩频码中的一种或多种进行分组的方式还存在其他方式,均为本申请实施例的保护范围。The above only gives examples of several ways of grouping uplink signals. In actual applications, grouping is based on one or more of different sequence generation parameters, cyclic shift values, time-frequency resource positions, or spreading codes. There are other ways, all of which fall within the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例中,一个上行信号分组可以与一个或多个下行信号相对应,一一个下行信号可以与一个或多个上行信号分组相对应。当一个下行信号与多个上行信号分组相对应时,终端接收到该下行信号后,可以从该多个上行信号分组中选择一个上行信号分组,向网络设备发送所选择的上行信号分组中的上行信号;或者,终端接收到该下行信号后,可以从该多个上行信号分组中选择多个上行信号分组,向网络设备发送所选择的上行信号分组中的上行信号,以增加终端设备发送上行信号成功的概率。下行信号与上行信号分组可以有多种对应关系,可以是一一对应,或者是一对多,或者是多对一,或者以上对应关系的任意组合形式。以DMRS分组为例,下行信号与上行DMRS分组的对应关系可以是:下行信号D1对应上行DMRS分组U1,或者下行信号D1对应上行DMRS分组U1和上行DMRS分组U2,或者下行信号D1和下行信号D2对应上行DMRS分组U1,可参见图14所示。下行信号与上行信号分组的对应关系可以是协议预定义的,也可以是网络设备通过信令配置给终端设备的。其中,“对应”还可以称为关联、映射、绑定、匹配等等。下行信号可以是下行参考信号,该下行参考信号可以是协议中新定义的一种参考信号,目的是让终端设备确定与之对应的上行信号分组。In the embodiment of the present application, one uplink signal group may correspond to one or more downlink signals, and one downlink signal may correspond to one or more uplink signal groups. When a downlink signal corresponds to multiple uplink signal packets, after receiving the downlink signal, the terminal can select an uplink signal packet from the multiple uplink signal packets, and send the selected uplink signal packet to the network device. Signal; or, after receiving the downlink signal, the terminal can select multiple uplink signal packets from the multiple uplink signal packets, and send the uplink signal in the selected uplink signal packet to the network device to increase the terminal device to send uplink signals Probability of success. The downlink signal and the uplink signal grouping may have multiple correspondences, which may be one-to-one correspondence, or one-to-many, or many-to-one, or any combination of the above correspondences. Taking DMRS grouping as an example, the correspondence between the downlink signal and the uplink DMRS group can be: the downlink signal D1 corresponds to the uplink DMRS group U1, or the downlink signal D1 corresponds to the uplink DMRS group U1 and the uplink DMRS group U2, or the downlink signal D1 and the downlink signal D2 Corresponding to the uplink DMRS group U1, see Figure 14. The correspondence between the downlink signal and the uplink signal grouping may be predefined by the protocol, or may be configured by the network device to the terminal device through signaling. Among them, "correspondence" can also be referred to as association, mapping, binding, matching, and so on. The downlink signal may be a downlink reference signal, and the downlink reference signal may be a reference signal newly defined in the protocol, and the purpose is to allow the terminal device to determine the corresponding uplink signal group.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备向终端发送的信令可以是系统消息、广播消息、无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)控制元素(control element,CE)和下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)中的一种或多种的组合。In this embodiment of the application, the signaling sent by the network device to the terminal may be system messages, broadcast messages, radio resource control (RRC) signaling, media access control (MAC) control elements ( One or a combination of one or more of control element (CE) and downlink control information (DCI).
可选的,在本申请实施例中,一个上行信号分组可以与一个或多个下行信号分组相对应,一个下行信号分组也可以与一个或多个上行信号分组相对应。下行信号分组与上行信号分组可以有多种对应关系,可以是一一对应,或者是一对多,或者是多对一,或者以上对应关系的任意组合形式。以DMRS分组为例,下行信号分组与上行DMRS分组的对应关系可以是:下行信号分组D1对应上行DMRS分组U1,或者下行信号分组D1对应上行DMRS分组U1和上行DMRS分组U2,或者下行信号分组D1和下行信号分组D2对应上行DMRS分组U1,可参见图15所示。下行信号分组与上行信号分组的对应关系可以是协议预定义的,也可以是网络设备通过信令配置给终端设备的。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, one uplink signal group may correspond to one or more downlink signal groups, and one downlink signal group may also correspond to one or more uplink signal groups. The downlink signal grouping and the uplink signal grouping may have multiple correspondences, which may be one-to-one correspondence, or one-to-many, or many-to-one, or any combination of the above correspondences. Taking DMRS grouping as an example, the corresponding relationship between the downlink signal group and the uplink DMRS group can be: downlink signal group D1 corresponds to uplink DMRS group U1, or downlink signal group D1 corresponds to uplink DMRS group U1 and uplink DMRS group U2, or downlink signal group D1 The uplink DMRS group U1 corresponds to the downlink signal group D2, as shown in FIG. 15. The correspondence between the downlink signal packet and the uplink signal packet may be predefined by the protocol, or may be configured by the network device to the terminal device through signaling.
在本申请实施例中,一个上行信号分组与一个下行信号相对应可以理解为该上行信号分组中的上行信号与该下行信号相对应;一个上行信号分组与一个下行信号分组相对应可以理解为该上行信号分组与该下行信号分组中的下行信号相对应,或者该上行信号分组中的上行信号与该下行信号分组相对应,或者该上行信号分组中的上行信号与该下行信号分组中的下行信号相对应。In the embodiment of this application, the correspondence between an uplink signal group and a downlink signal can be understood as the uplink signal in the uplink signal group corresponding to the downlink signal; the correspondence between an uplink signal group and a downlink signal group can be understood as the The uplink signal packet corresponds to the downlink signal in the downlink signal packet, or the uplink signal in the uplink signal packet corresponds to the downlink signal packet, or the uplink signal in the uplink signal packet corresponds to the downlink signal in the downlink signal packet Corresponding.
在本申请实施例中,以M个上行信号分组与N个下行信号对应为例进行描述,该方法还可以被扩展为M个上行信号分组与N个下行信号分组对应。其中,M和N为正整数。M和N的取值可以相同,也可以不同,本申请实施例不做限制。类似上述以上行信号分组的分组方式,下行信号分组可以通过序列生成参数、循环移位值、时频资源位置、扩频码、 和预编码向量中的一种或多种参数来区分。上行信号分组的分组方式和下行信号分组的分组方式可以相同,也可以不同,本申请实施例不做限制。In the embodiment of the present application, description is made by taking the correspondence between M uplink signal groups and N downlink signals as an example, and the method can also be extended to correspond to M uplink signal groups and N downlink signal groups. Among them, M and N are positive integers. The values of M and N may be the same or different, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit it. Similar to the foregoing grouping manner of upstream signal grouping, the downlink signal grouping can be distinguished by one or more parameters of sequence generation parameters, cyclic shift values, time-frequency resource positions, spreading codes, and precoding vectors. The grouping mode of the uplink signal grouping and the grouping mode of the downlink signal grouping may be the same or different, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
网络设备可以定期或者不定期在时频资源上发送N个下行信号,这N个下行信号可以通过序列生成参数、循环移位值、时频资源位置、扩频码和预编码向量中的一种或多种参数来区分。其中,N为正整数,例如1、2、3或者更大的整数,本申请实施例不做限制。例如,上述N个下行信号是由同一基础序列通过不同的循环移位值生成的。或者,上述N个下行信号是使用不同的时频资源进行传输的。或者,上述N个下行信号采用的扩频码不同。网络设备在发送下行信号之前,可以对下行信号进行预编码,网络设备可以对每个下行信号采用独立的预编码向量,两个下行信号采用的预编码向量可以相同也可以不同。通过预编码,可以将下行信号以波束的形式指定发送至某一个方向,例如图16中的上行信号分组U1对应的区域。例如,网络设备可以在某一时频资源上发送由同一基础序列通过不同的循环移位值生成的下行信号,各个下行信号采用的预编码方式各不相同。Network equipment can periodically or irregularly send N downlink signals on time-frequency resources. These N downlink signals can be generated by one of sequence generation parameters, cyclic shift values, time-frequency resource positions, spreading codes, and precoding vectors. Or multiple parameters to distinguish. Wherein, N is a positive integer, such as an integer of 1, 2, 3 or greater, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. For example, the above N downlink signals are generated from the same basic sequence through different cyclic shift values. Or, the foregoing N downlink signals are transmitted using different time-frequency resources. Or, the spreading codes used by the above N downlink signals are different. The network device may precode the downlink signal before sending the downlink signal. The network device may use an independent precoding vector for each downlink signal, and the precoding vector used by the two downlink signals may be the same or different. Through precoding, the downlink signal can be sent to a certain direction in the form of a beam, for example, the area corresponding to the uplink signal group U1 in FIG. 16. For example, a network device may send downlink signals generated from the same basic sequence through different cyclic shift values on a certain time-frequency resource, and the precoding methods used by each downlink signal are different.
终端设备在时频资源上检测网络设备发送的N个下行信号。终端设备根据检测结果选择对应的上行信号分组。示例性的,终端设备可以选择信号强度最强、信噪比最高、信号强度不低于阈值、或信噪比不低于阈值的下行信号对应的上行信号分组作为第一上行信号分组,当终端设备需要发送上行信号时,在该第一上行信号分组内选择上行信号进行发送。例如网络设备在某一时频资源上发送N个下行信号,这N个下行信号是同一基础序列通过不同的循环移位值生成的,则终端设备检测这N个下行信号对应的信号强度,并选择最强的下行信号对应的上行信号分组。终端设备的检测方法例如可以是:假设基础序列经过扩频之后的序列为s(n),UE将接收到的信号与s(n)进行相关操作,得到对应的相关函数。网络设备发送的是由基础序列通过不同的循环移位值生成的信号,则UE将接收信号与s(n)进行相关后,可以在多个循环移位值附近得到多个相关峰。假设不同下行信号采用的预编码向量不同(即波束方向不同),因此UE接收到的信号强度(例如功率值)也不同,相关峰的峰值反应了各个信号的接收强度,也反应了预编码向量与该UE下行信道的匹配程度。参见图17所示,UE接收到的三个下行信号中,循环移位CS1值对应的接收到的信号与序列s(n)的相关值最大,则可以将CS1信号对应的DMRS分组U1作为上述第一上行信号分组。The terminal device detects N downlink signals sent by the network device on the time-frequency resource. The terminal device selects the corresponding uplink signal group according to the detection result. Exemplarily, the terminal device may select the uplink signal group corresponding to the downlink signal with the strongest signal strength, the highest signal-to-noise ratio, the signal strength not lower than the threshold value, or the signal-to-noise ratio not lower than the threshold value as the first uplink signal group. When the device needs to send an uplink signal, it selects the uplink signal for transmission in the first uplink signal packet. For example, a network device sends N downlink signals on a certain time-frequency resource. These N downlink signals are generated by the same basic sequence through different cyclic shift values, and the terminal device detects the signal strengths corresponding to these N downlink signals and selects The uplink signal group corresponding to the strongest downlink signal. The detection method of the terminal device may be, for example, assuming that the sequence after spreading the basic sequence is s(n), and the UE performs correlation operations on the received signal and s(n) to obtain the corresponding correlation function. The network device sends signals generated from the basic sequence through different cyclic shift values, and after the UE correlates the received signal with s(n), multiple correlation peaks can be obtained near multiple cyclic shift values. Assuming that different downlink signals use different precoding vectors (that is, different beam directions), the signal strength (such as power value) received by the UE is also different. The peak value of the correlation peak reflects the received strength of each signal and also reflects the precoding vector The degree of matching with the UE's downlink channel. As shown in Figure 17, among the three downlink signals received by the UE, the correlation value between the received signal corresponding to the cyclic shift CS1 value and the sequence s(n) is the largest. Then the DMRS group U1 corresponding to the CS1 signal can be used as the above The first uplink signal packet.
终端设备确定了第一上行信号分组后,当需要发送上行信号时,可以在选定的第一上行信号分组中选择(例如随机选择或者根据特定的规则选择,如根据UE标识(identifier,ID)、和/或用于发送上行信号的时频资源等进行选择)上行信号,将所选择的上行信号发送给网络设备。例如,DMRS分组U1为上述第一上行信号分组,则UE在DMRS分组U1中随机选择DMRS,将所选择的DMRS发送给网络设备。After the terminal device determines the first uplink signal group, when it needs to send the uplink signal, it can select from the selected first uplink signal group (for example, select randomly or according to specific rules, such as according to the UE identifier (ID) , And/or time-frequency resources used to send the uplink signal, etc. to select) the uplink signal, and send the selected uplink signal to the network device. For example, if the DMRS group U1 is the above-mentioned first uplink signal group, the UE randomly selects a DMRS in the DMRS group U1, and sends the selected DMRS to the network device.
UE选择信号强度最强、信噪比最高、信号强度不低于阈值、或信噪比不低于阈值的下行信号对应的上行信号分组,可以使得信道特征(例如信号到达角度(angle-of-arrival,AOA))比较相近的UE从同一分组内选择上行信号进行发送,而同一分组内的多个上行信号是正交或者相关性比较低的,能够减少上行信号之间的干扰。这是因为多个UE测量得到的最强下行信号可能都相同,则这些UE的信道特征一般比较近似(例如距离比较近),为避免这些UE发送上行信号时互相干扰,这些UE可以选择正交或者低相关性的上行信号进行发 送。The UE selects the uplink signal group corresponding to the downlink signal with the strongest signal strength, the highest signal-to-noise ratio, the signal strength not below the threshold, or the signal-to-noise ratio not below the threshold, which can make the channel characteristics (such as the angle-of-signal angle-of-arrival) arrival, AOA)) relatively close UEs select uplink signals from the same group for transmission, and multiple uplink signals in the same group are orthogonal or have relatively low correlation, which can reduce interference between uplink signals. This is because the strongest downlink signals measured by multiple UEs may all be the same, and the channel characteristics of these UEs are generally similar (for example, the distance is relatively close). To avoid interference between these UEs when sending uplink signals, these UEs can choose orthogonal Or low-correlation uplink signals are sent.
可选的,终端设备可以将检测到的首个信号强度不低于阈值的下行信号对应的上行信号分组作为上述第一上行信号分组,相较于终端设备将网络设备发送的所有下行信号均检测完再确定信号强度最强的下行信号这种方式来说,可以使得终端设备更早的确定第一上行信号分组,以及更早的从第一上行信号分组中选择上行信号发送,提高了通信效率。Optionally, the terminal device may use the detected uplink signal group corresponding to the first downlink signal whose signal strength is not lower than the threshold value as the first uplink signal group. Compared with the terminal device detecting all downlink signals sent by the network device After determining the downlink signal with the strongest signal strength, the terminal device can determine the first uplink signal group earlier, and select the uplink signal to send from the first uplink signal group earlier, which improves communication efficiency. .
可选的,网络设备接收到多个UE发送的上行信号后,可以判断出每个UE选择的上行信号分组,从而获得每个上行信号分组的负载情况(即选择每个上行信号分组的UE数量)。网络设备可以根据每个上行信号分组的负载情况,调整上述N个下行信号的预编码向量(还可以称为预编码方式)来达到各个上行信号分组的负载均衡的目的,或者调整上述N个下行信号的时频资源位置、序列生成参数、循环移位值、扩频码中的一种或多种参数来对前一次的分组结果进行修改或者重新分组,以此来达到各个上行信号分组的负载均衡的目的。Optionally, after receiving the uplink signals sent by multiple UEs, the network equipment can determine the uplink signal group selected by each UE, thereby obtaining the load of each uplink signal group (that is, the number of UEs that select each uplink signal group ). The network equipment can adjust the precoding vectors (also called precoding methods) of the above N downlink signals according to the load of each uplink signal group to achieve the purpose of load balancing of each uplink signal group, or adjust the above N downlink signals. One or more of the time-frequency resource position of the signal, sequence generation parameters, cyclic shift value, and spreading code can be used to modify or regroup the previous grouping result to achieve the load of each uplink signal grouping The purpose of balance.
例如参见图16所示,网络设备发送三个下行信号,分别为D1(假设其索引为01)、D2(假设其索引为10)和D3(假设其索引为11),这三个下行信号采用不同的预编码方式(即波束方向不同),这三个下行信号分别对应三个DMRS分组U1(假设分组U1内包括DMRS信号1111、1110和1101)、DMRS分组U2(假设分组U2内包括DMRS信号1100、1011和1010)和DMRS分组U3(假设分组U3内包括DMRS信号1001、0111和0110)。每个UE检测D1,D2,D3的强度,并选择对应的DMRS分组,例如UE1检测到D1的信号强度最强,则UE1选择与D1对应的U1内的DMRS进行发送。若网络设备发现U1对应的覆盖区域的负载比较重(即选择U1的UE的数量较多),则可以在下一次发送下行信号时,将下行信号D2或者下行信号D3对应的预编码方式调整为与下行信号D1相近(或相同)的预编码方式,那么原来处于U1和U2分界边缘的部分UE就会测量到信号强度最强的信号为D2,进而选择D2对应的DRMS分组U2内的DMRS进行发送,这样就使得选择DRMS分组U1的UE的数量降低,从而降低U1的负载。由此可见,通过调整上述三个下行信号的预编码方式,可供处于U1对应的覆盖范围的UE选择的上行信号分组更多,各个上行信号分组的负载会更加均衡。又例如,网络设备发现U1对应的覆盖区域的负载比较重(即选择U1的UE的数量较多),则可以对前一次的分组结果进行调整或者重新进行上行信号的分组,将U1对应的时频资源位置、序列生成参数、循环移位值和扩频码中的一种或多种参数的数量提高,以增加上行信号分组U1内的上行信号的数量,使得负载比较重的U1对应覆盖区域内的UE可选择使用的上行信号更多。例如,前一次U1对应的循环移位值为CS1这一个值,则网络设备重新进行分组时,将U1对应的循环移位值的数量提高到2个,例如将循环移位值为CS1和CS2的上行信号划分到U1组内。网络设备对前一次的分组结果进行调整或者重新进行上行信号的分组后,还可以通过信令通知给UE。例如,网络设备通过UE专用的RRC信令或广播信令将重新分组后的上行信号分组的配置参数发送给UE,这里的配置参数的相关内容可以参考上述M个上行信号分组的配置参数,此处不再赘述。For example, as shown in Figure 16, the network device sends three downlink signals, namely D1 (assuming its index is 01), D2 (assuming its index is 10) and D3 (assuming its index is 11). These three downlink signals use Different precoding methods (that is, different beam directions), these three downlink signals correspond to three DMRS groups U1 (assuming group U1 includes DMRS signals 1111, 1110, and 1101), DMRS group U2 (assuming group U2 includes DMRS signals) 1100, 1011, and 1010) and DMRS group U3 (assuming group U3 includes DMRS signals 1001, 0111, and 0110). Each UE detects the strengths of D1, D2, and D3, and selects the corresponding DMRS group. For example, when UE1 detects that D1 has the strongest signal strength, UE1 selects the DMRS in U1 corresponding to D1 for transmission. If the network equipment finds that the coverage area corresponding to U1 is heavily loaded (that is, the number of UEs that select U1 is larger), it can adjust the precoding method corresponding to the downlink signal D2 or the downlink signal D3 to the same If the downlink signal D1 is similar (or the same) precoding method, the part of the UE that was originally at the boundary of U1 and U2 will measure the signal with the strongest signal strength as D2, and then select the DMRS in the DRMS group U2 corresponding to D2 for transmission In this way, the number of UEs that select the DRMS group U1 is reduced, thereby reducing the load of U1. It can be seen that by adjusting the precoding methods of the three downlink signals, more uplink signal groups can be selected by UEs in the coverage area corresponding to U1, and the load of each uplink signal group will be more balanced. For another example, if the network equipment finds that the coverage area corresponding to U1 has a heavy load (that is, the number of UEs that select U1 is larger), it can adjust the previous grouping result or regroup the uplink signal, and set the time corresponding to U1. The number of one or more of the frequency resource location, sequence generation parameter, cyclic shift value, and spreading code is increased to increase the number of uplink signals in the uplink signal group U1, so that the heavily loaded U1 corresponds to the coverage area The internal UE can choose to use more uplink signals. For example, the cyclic shift value corresponding to U1 last time is a value of CS1, when the network device regroups, the number of cyclic shift values corresponding to U1 is increased to 2, for example, the cyclic shift value is CS1 and CS2 The uplink signal of is divided into U1 group. After the network device adjusts the previous grouping result or re-groups the uplink signal, it may also notify the UE through signaling. For example, the network device sends the configuration parameters of the regrouped uplink signal group to the UE through UE-specific RRC signaling or broadcast signaling. For the related content of the configuration parameters, please refer to the configuration parameters of the M uplink signal groups mentioned above. I won't repeat it here.
实施本申请实施例提供的方法,通过下行信号和上行信号分组的绑定,可以保证信道特征相近的UE采用正交或者低相关性的上行信号,可以降低上行信号的干扰,大大提高网络设备进行上行信号检测的性能。现有方式中,一个小区中的UE都在一个相同的上行 信号集合中进行上行信号选择,那么这些上行信号之间的干扰可能会比较高,特别是UE的信道特征比较接近的时候,干扰特别严重。本申请实施例通过下行信号和上行信号分组的对应,让信道特征相似的UE选择的上行信号尽量正交,减小了上行信号干扰,提高了系统的整体性能。By implementing the method provided in the embodiments of this application, by binding the downlink signal and the uplink signal grouping, it can be ensured that UEs with similar channel characteristics use orthogonal or low-correlation uplink signals, which can reduce the interference of uplink signals and greatly improve the performance of network equipment. Uplink signal detection performance. In the existing method, all UEs in a cell select uplink signals from the same uplink signal set, so the interference between these uplink signals may be relatively high, especially when the channel characteristics of the UEs are relatively close. serious. In the embodiment of the present application, through the correspondence between downlink signals and uplink signal groups, the uplink signals selected by UEs with similar channel characteristics are as orthogonal as possible, thereby reducing uplink signal interference and improving the overall performance of the system.
可选的,网络设备可以通过信令将上述N个下行信号对应的参数配置给终端设备。其中,任意两种不同的参数可以通过相同的信令配置,也可以通过不同的信令配置,本申请实施例不做限制。该N个下行信号中包括第一下行信号,N为正整数,例如1、2、3、4或者更大的整数,本申请实施例不做限制。其中,下行信号的参数还可以称为下行信号的配置参数。Optionally, the network device may configure the parameters corresponding to the aforementioned N downlink signals to the terminal device through signaling. Among them, any two different parameters can be configured through the same signaling or through different signaling, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. The N downlink signals include the first downlink signal, and N is a positive integer, such as an integer of 1, 2, 3, 4, or a larger integer, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. Among them, the parameters of the downlink signal may also be referred to as the configuration parameters of the downlink signal.
N个下行信号中每个下行信号的参数可以包含如下中的一项或多项:时域资源参数、频域资源参数、序列生成参数、扩频码的参数、循环移位的参数。The parameters of each of the N downlink signals may include one or more of the following: time domain resource parameters, frequency domain resource parameters, sequence generation parameters, spreading code parameters, and cyclic shift parameters.
时域资源参数用于指示下行信号所占用的时域资源位置。其中,时域资源参数还可以简称为时域参数。示例性的,时域资源参数用于指示下行信号所在的无线帧号、子帧号、时隙号和OFDM符号中的一种或多种。The time domain resource parameter is used to indicate the time domain resource location occupied by the downlink signal. Among them, the time domain resource parameter may also be referred to as the time domain parameter for short. Exemplarily, the time domain resource parameter is used to indicate one or more of the radio frame number, subframe number, slot number, and OFDM symbol where the downlink signal is located.
频域资源参数用于指示下行信号所占用的频域资源位置。其中,频域资源参数还可以简称为频域参数。示例性的,频域参数用于指示下行信号所映射至的资源块(resourceblock,RB)的索引集合,或者下行信号所映射至的频域起始RB索引和RB数量。频域资源参数还可以用于指示下行信号所映射至的RB内的资源位置,例如下行信号在RB内使用的资源元素(resourceelement,RE)位置。网络设备可以向终端指示该RE对应的时域正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)符号和频域子载波;或者协议预定义在RB中用于传输该下行信号的RE的候选图样(pattern)。其中,候选图样中包括一种或多种候选的图样,每种pattern用于指示一种在RB中用于传输该下行信号的RE的组合。对于一个下行信号,当候选pattern为多种时,网络设备可以从候选pattern指示该下行信号所使用的pattern。The frequency domain resource parameter is used to indicate the frequency domain resource position occupied by the downlink signal. Among them, the frequency domain resource parameters may also be referred to as frequency domain parameters for short. Exemplarily, the frequency domain parameter is used to indicate the index set of the resource block (resource block, RB) to which the downlink signal is mapped, or the frequency domain start RB index and the number of RBs to which the downlink signal is mapped. The frequency domain resource parameter may also be used to indicate the resource position in the RB to which the downlink signal is mapped, for example, the resource element (RE) position used by the downlink signal in the RB. The network device can indicate to the terminal the time domain orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol and frequency domain subcarrier corresponding to the RE; or the protocol predefines the candidate of the RE used to transmit the downlink signal in the RB Pattern. Wherein, the candidate patterns include one or more candidate patterns, and each pattern is used to indicate a combination of REs used to transmit the downlink signal in the RB. For a downlink signal, when there are multiple candidate patterns, the network device can indicate the pattern used by the downlink signal from the candidate pattern.
序列生成参考包括如下中的一种或多种:序列生成方式的类型、生成参数。例如序列生成方式的类型包括ZC序列生成方式(该序列可以称为ZC序列)或PN序列生成方式(该序列可以称为PN序列)。若为ZC序列生成方式,则生成参数包括ZC序列的根;若为PN序列生成方式,则生成参数包括PN序列的初始值。The sequence generation reference includes one or more of the following: the type of sequence generation method, and the generation parameters. For example, the types of sequence generation methods include ZC sequence generation methods (the sequence may be referred to as ZC sequences) or PN sequence generation methods (the sequence may be referred to as PN sequences). If it is a ZC sequence generation method, the generation parameter includes the root of the ZC sequence; if it is a PN sequence generation method, the generation parameter includes the initial value of the PN sequence.
扩频码的参数包括扩频码的值或扩频码的索引。例如,扩频码为(+1,-1),其索引可以为0。The parameter of the spreading code includes the value of the spreading code or the index of the spreading code. For example, the spreading code is (+1, -1), and its index can be 0.
循环移位的参数包括循环移位值或循环移位值的索引。例如,循环移位值为5.56us,其索引可以为1。The parameter of the cyclic shift includes the cyclic shift value or the index of the cyclic shift value. For example, the cyclic shift value is 5.56us, and its index can be 1.
可选的,也可以将以上的全部或者部分参数进行组合,不同的组合对应不同的索引号,这些索引号也可以称为标识,例如,该标识可以是端口号。针对一个下行信号,网络设备可以向终端发送索引号来指示为该下行信号配置的上述组合。例如,可以将时频资源1、ZC序列的根u1和循环移位值CS1进行组合,对应索引值为01;将时频资源2、ZC序列的根u2和循环移位值CS1进行组合,对应索引值为02;将时频资源3、ZC序列的根u3和循环移位值CS2进行组合,对应索引值为03。对于一个下行信号D1,网络设备例如向 终端发送索引值01,指示该下行信号D1的参数为:下行信号D1映射至的资源位置为时频资源1、下行信号D1采用的ZC序列的根为u1以及下行信号D1采用的循环移位值为CS1。Optionally, all or part of the above parameters can also be combined. Different combinations correspond to different index numbers. These index numbers may also be referred to as identifiers. For example, the identifier may be a port number. For a downlink signal, the network device may send an index number to the terminal to indicate the foregoing combination configured for the downlink signal. For example, the time-frequency resource 1, the root u1 of the ZC sequence and the cyclic shift value CS1 can be combined, and the corresponding index value is 01; the time-frequency resource 2, the root u2 of the ZC sequence and the cyclic shift value CS1 can be combined to correspond to The index value is 02; the time-frequency resource 3, the root u3 of the ZC sequence, and the cyclic shift value CS2 are combined, and the corresponding index value is 03. For a downlink signal D1, the network device sends an index value of 01 to the terminal, for example, indicating that the parameters of the downlink signal D1 are: the resource location to which the downlink signal D1 is mapped is the time-frequency resource 1, and the root of the ZC sequence adopted by the downlink signal D1 is u1 And the cyclic shift value adopted by the downlink signal D1 is CS1.
N个下行信号的标识(identifier,ID)可以通过发送的时序来隐式指示,也可以将每个下行信号的ID携带在每个下行信号的参数中显式指示。例如,参见图18所示,网络设备发送了3个下行信号的参数,这3个下行信号的参数的发送时序可以隐式指示这3个下行信号的索引。例如,终端设备可以根据接收顺序确定下行信号D1的索引为0,下行信号D2的索引为1,下行信号D3的索引为2。需要说明的是,图18是以每个下行信号的参数用于指示时域参数、频域参数、序列生成参数、扩频码的参数、循环移位的参数这5项为例进行的说明,在其他可选的实现方式中,每个下行信号的参数还可以指示时域参数、频域参数、序列生成参数、扩频码的参数、循环移位的参数这5项中的任意一项或多项。又例如,参见图19所示,网络设备发送了3个下行信号的参数,其中每个下行信号的参数还用于指示该下行信号的标识或索引,例如,下行信号D1的索引为0,下行信号D2的索引为1,下行信号D3的索引为2,则终端设备可以根据每个下行信号的参数识别出每个下行信号的索引。需要说明的是,图19是以每个下行信号的参数用于指示下行信号的索引、时域参数、频域参数、序列生成参数、扩频码的参数、循环移位的参数这6项为例进行的说明,在其他可选的实现方式中,每个下行信号的参数还可以指示索引、时域参数、频域参数、序列生成参数、扩频码的参数、循环移位的参数这6项中的任意一项或多项。本申请实施例中,下行信号的标识还可以称为下行信号的索引。The identifiers (identifiers, IDs) of the N downlink signals may be indicated implicitly through the time sequence of transmission, or the ID of each downlink signal may be carried in the parameters of each downlink signal and indicated explicitly. For example, referring to FIG. 18, the network device sends the parameters of three downlink signals, and the transmission timing of the parameters of the three downlink signals can implicitly indicate the indexes of the three downlink signals. For example, the terminal device may determine that the index of the downlink signal D1 is 0, the index of the downlink signal D2 is 1, and the index of the downlink signal D3 is 2 according to the receiving order. It should be noted that Fig. 18 is an example for explaining that the parameters of each downlink signal are used to indicate time domain parameters, frequency domain parameters, sequence generation parameters, spreading code parameters, and cyclic shift parameters. In other optional implementation manners, the parameters of each downlink signal can also indicate any one of the five parameters: time domain parameters, frequency domain parameters, sequence generation parameters, spreading code parameters, and cyclic shift parameters. Multiple. For another example, referring to FIG. 19, the network device sends three downlink signal parameters, and the parameters of each downlink signal are also used to indicate the identifier or index of the downlink signal. For example, the index of the downlink signal D1 is 0, The index of the signal D2 is 1, and the index of the downlink signal D3 is 2, and the terminal device can identify the index of each downlink signal according to the parameters of each downlink signal. It should be noted that Fig. 19 is the index of each downlink signal used to indicate the index of the downlink signal, time domain parameters, frequency domain parameters, sequence generation parameters, spreading code parameters, and cyclic shift parameters. As an example, in other optional implementations, the parameters of each downlink signal can also indicate the index, time domain parameters, frequency domain parameters, sequence generation parameters, spreading code parameters, and cyclic shift parameters. Any one or more of the items. In the embodiment of the present application, the identifier of the downlink signal may also be referred to as the index of the downlink signal.
可选的,网络设备配置下行信号参数的配置方式有很多种:例如网络设备可以将下行信号的参数通过UE专用的RRC信令进行配置,该RRC信令通过物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)承载,PDSCH对应的物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)的循环冗余校验(cyclic redundancy check,CRC)由该UE专用的标识进行加扰,因此该RRC只会被该UE接收。网络设备也可以通过该UE所在的UE组专用的RRC信令进行配置,该RRC信令通过PDSCH承载,PDSCH对应的PDCCH的CRC由该UE组专用的标识进行加扰,因此该RRC只会被该UE组中的UE接收。网络设备也可以通过广播信令或系统消息进行配置,例如以主信息块(masterinformation block,MIB)或者其它广播信令的形式进行配置。例如,除了MIB以外,广播信令以RRC信令的形式通过PDSCH来承载,PDSCH对应的PDCCH的CRC由小区中的UE共享的标识进行加扰,因此该RRC信令可以被小区内所有UE接收。Optionally, there are many configuration methods for network equipment to configure downlink signal parameters: for example, the network equipment can configure the parameters of the downlink signal through UE-specific RRC signaling. The RRC signaling is configured through the physical downlink shared channel. , PDSCH) bearer, the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) of the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) corresponding to the PDSCH is scrambled by the UE-specific identifier, so the RRC will only be UE receives. The network equipment can also be configured through the dedicated RRC signaling for the UE group where the UE is located. The RRC signaling is carried by the PDSCH. The CRC of the PDCCH corresponding to the PDSCH is scrambled by the identifier dedicated to the UE group. Therefore, the RRC will only be The UEs in the UE group receive. The network equipment can also be configured through broadcast signaling or system messages, for example, in the form of master information block (master information block, MIB) or other broadcast signaling. For example, in addition to MIB, broadcast signaling is carried by PDSCH in the form of RRC signaling. The CRC of the PDCCH corresponding to the PDSCH is scrambled by the identity shared by the UEs in the cell, so the RRC signaling can be received by all UEs in the cell. .
可选的,可以通过协议预定义上述下行信号的参数。或者,下行信号的参数中部分通过协议预定义,部分通过网络设备配置。例如,上述N个下行信号对应的时域参数以及频域参数可以由协议预定义,而下行信号对应的序列生成参数、扩频码的参数以及循环移位参数由网络设备配置给终端设备,这种情况下,网络设备发送的一个下行信号的参数则用于指示该下行信号对应的序列生成参数、扩频码的参数以及循环移位的参数。Optionally, the parameters of the aforementioned downlink signal can be predefined through a protocol. Or, some of the parameters of the downlink signal are predefined by the protocol, and some are configured by the network device. For example, the time domain parameters and frequency domain parameters corresponding to the above N downlink signals can be predefined by the protocol, and the sequence generation parameters, spreading code parameters, and cyclic shift parameters corresponding to the downlink signals are configured by the network device to the terminal device. In this case, the parameter of a downlink signal sent by the network device is used to indicate the sequence generation parameter, the spreading code parameter, and the cyclic shift parameter corresponding to the downlink signal.
可选的,网络设备还可以通过信令将上述M个上行信号分组对应的参数配置给终端设备。其中,上行信号的参数还可以称为上行信号的配置参数。Optionally, the network device may also configure the parameters corresponding to the foregoing M uplink signal groups to the terminal device through signaling. Among them, the parameters of the uplink signal may also be referred to as the configuration parameters of the uplink signal.
其中,每个上行信号分组的参数可以包含如下中的一项或多项:该上行信号分组中的每个上行信号的时域资源参数、每个上行信号的频域资源参数、每个上行信号的序列生成 参数、每个上行信号的扩频码的参数、每个上行信号的循环移位的参数。Among them, the parameters of each uplink signal group may include one or more of the following: the time domain resource parameter of each uplink signal in the uplink signal group, the frequency domain resource parameter of each uplink signal, and each uplink signal The sequence generation parameters of each uplink signal, the parameters of the spreading code of each uplink signal, and the parameters of the cyclic shift of each uplink signal.
时域资源参数用于指示上行信号分组中的每个上行信号所占用的时域资源位置。其中,时域资源参数可以简称为时域参数。示例性的,时域资源参数包括上行信号所在的无线帧号、子帧号、时隙号、和OFDM符号中的一种或多种。一个上行信号分组中不同上行信号的时域资源参数可以分别指示,也可以指示一个共享的参数。The time domain resource parameter is used to indicate the time domain resource location occupied by each uplink signal in the uplink signal group. Among them, the time domain resource parameter may be referred to as the time domain parameter for short. Exemplarily, the time domain resource parameter includes one or more of a radio frame number, a subframe number, a slot number, and an OFDM symbol where the uplink signal is located. The time domain resource parameters of different uplink signals in an uplink signal group can be indicated separately or a shared parameter.
频域资源参数用于指示上行信号分组中的每个上行信号所占用的频域资源位置。其中,频域资源参数可以简称为频域参数。示例性的,频域资源参数包括上行信号所在的资源块的序号集合,或者上行信号所在的频域起始RB序号和RB数量。频域参数还可以包括上行信号所在的RB内的资源位置参数,即上行信号在RB内使用的RE位置。网络设备可以通过符号和频域子载波索引来指示该RE位置,或者协议预定义在RB中用于传输该上行信号的RE的候选图样(pattern)。其中,候选图样中包括一种或多种候选的图样,每种pattern用于指示一种在RB中用于传输该上行信号的RE的组合。对于一个上行信号,当候选pattern为多种时,网络设备从候选pattern指示该上行信号所使用的pattern。一个上行信号分组中不同上行信号的频域资源参数可以分别指示,也可以指示一个共享的参数。The frequency domain resource parameter is used to indicate the frequency domain resource position occupied by each uplink signal in the uplink signal group. Among them, the frequency domain resource parameters may be referred to as frequency domain parameters for short. Exemplarily, the frequency domain resource parameter includes the sequence number set of the resource block where the uplink signal is located, or the start RB sequence number and the number of RBs in the frequency domain where the uplink signal is located. The frequency domain parameters may also include resource location parameters in the RB where the uplink signal is located, that is, the RE location used by the uplink signal in the RB. The network device may indicate the position of the RE through the symbol and the frequency domain subcarrier index, or the protocol may predefine the candidate pattern of the RE used to transmit the uplink signal in the RB. Wherein, the candidate patterns include one or more candidate patterns, and each pattern is used to indicate a combination of REs used to transmit the uplink signal in the RB. For an uplink signal, when there are multiple candidate patterns, the network device indicates the pattern used by the uplink signal from the candidate pattern. The frequency domain resource parameters of different uplink signals in an uplink signal group may be indicated separately, or a shared parameter may be indicated.
可选的,也可以将以上的全部或者部分参数进行组合,不同的组合对应不同的索引号,这些索引号也可以称为标识,标识例如可以是端口号。针对一个上行信号或一个上行信号分组,网络设备可以向终端发送索引号来指示为该上行信号或该上行信号分组配置的上述组合。例如,可以将时频资源1、ZC序列的根u1和扩频码SC1进行组合,对应索引值为01;将时频资源2、ZC序列的u2和扩频码SC2进行组合,对应索引值为02;将时频资源3、ZC序列的u3和扩频码SC3进行组合,对应索引值为03。网络设备向终端发送索引值01,指示上行信号分组U1的参数为:上行信号分组U1内的每个上行信号映射至的资源位置为时频资源1、上行信号分组U1内的每个上行信号采用的ZC序列的根为u1以及上行信号分组U1内的每个上行信号采用的扩频码为SC1。上行信号分组U1内的每个上行信号采用的循环移位值可以分别指示。例如,该上行信号分组U1中包括Q个上行信号时,网络设备还可以为该Q个上行信号指示Q个循环移位参数,每个循环移位参数用于指示一个上行信号的循环移位值。其中,Q为正整数。Optionally, all or part of the above parameters can also be combined, and different combinations correspond to different index numbers. These index numbers may also be referred to as identifiers, and the identifiers may be port numbers, for example. For an uplink signal or an uplink signal group, the network device may send an index number to the terminal to indicate the foregoing combination configured for the uplink signal or the uplink signal group. For example, the time-frequency resource 1, the root u1 of the ZC sequence and the spreading code SC1 can be combined, and the corresponding index value is 01; the time-frequency resource 2, the ZC sequence u2 and the spreading code SC2 can be combined, and the corresponding index value is 02; Combine the time-frequency resource 3, u3 of the ZC sequence and the spreading code SC3, and the corresponding index value is 03. The network device sends an index value of 01 to the terminal, indicating that the parameters of the uplink signal group U1 are: the resource location to which each uplink signal in the uplink signal group U1 is mapped is the time-frequency resource 1, and each uplink signal in the uplink signal group U1 is used The root of the ZC sequence is u1 and the spreading code used by each uplink signal in the uplink signal group U1 is SC1. The cyclic shift value used by each uplink signal in the uplink signal group U1 can be indicated separately. For example, when the uplink signal group U1 includes Q uplink signals, the network device may also indicate Q cyclic shift parameters for the Q uplink signals, and each cyclic shift parameter is used to indicate the cyclic shift value of an uplink signal . Among them, Q is a positive integer.
可选地,若对于一个上行信号分组内的不同上行信号,除循环移位值以外的其他参数均相同,则该上行信号分组的参数则可以指示:该上行信号分组的时域资源参数、该上行信号分组的频域资源参数、该上行信号分组的序列生成参数、该上行信号分组的扩频码的参数以及该上行信号分组中的每个上行信号的循环移位的参数。若对于一个上行信号分组内的不同上行信号,除时域资源参数以外的其他参数均相同,则该上行信号分组的参数则可以指示:该上行信号分组中的每个上行信号的时域资源参数、该上行信号分组的频域资源参数、该上行信号分组的序列生成参数、该上行信号分组的扩频码的参数以及该上行信号分组的循环移位的参数。若对于一个上行信号分组内的不同上行信号,除频域资源参数以外的其他参数均相同,则该上行信号分组的参数则可以指示:该上行信号分组的时域资源参数、该上行信号分组中的每个上行信号的频域资源参数、该上行信号分组的序列生成参数、该上行信号分组的扩频码的参数以及该上行信号分组的循环移位的参数。若对于一个上行信号分组内的不同上行信号,除扩频码以外的其他参数均相同,则该上行信号分组 的参数则可以指示:该上行信号分组的时域资源参数、该上行信号分组的频域资源参数、该上行信号分组的序列生成参数、该上行信号分组中的每个上行信号的扩频码的参数以及该上行信号分组的循环移位的参数。也即是说,若某一上行信号分组内的所有上行信号的某一参数是相同的,则网络设备可以只针对该上行信号分组配置一套该相同参数即可,而无需针对每一上行信号分别配置一套该相同的参数,节省了配置开销。Optionally, if other parameters except for the cyclic shift value are the same for different uplink signals in an uplink signal group, the parameters of the uplink signal group may indicate: the time domain resource parameters of the uplink signal group, the The frequency domain resource parameter of the uplink signal packet, the sequence generation parameter of the uplink signal packet, the parameter of the spreading code of the uplink signal packet, and the parameter of the cyclic shift of each uplink signal in the uplink signal packet. If for different uplink signals in an uplink signal group, other parameters except the time domain resource parameters are the same, the parameters of the uplink signal group can indicate: the time domain resource parameters of each uplink signal in the uplink signal group , The frequency domain resource parameter of the uplink signal packet, the sequence generation parameter of the uplink signal packet, the parameter of the spreading code of the uplink signal packet, and the parameter of the cyclic shift of the uplink signal packet. If for different uplink signals in an uplink signal group, other parameters except the frequency domain resource parameters are the same, the parameters of the uplink signal group can indicate: the time domain resource parameters of the uplink signal group and the parameters in the uplink signal group The frequency domain resource parameter of each uplink signal, the sequence generation parameter of the uplink signal group, the parameter of the spreading code of the uplink signal group, and the parameter of the cyclic shift of the uplink signal group. If for different uplink signals in an uplink signal group, other parameters except the spreading code are the same, then the parameters of the uplink signal group can indicate: the time domain resource parameter of the uplink signal group, the frequency of the uplink signal group Domain resource parameters, sequence generation parameters of the uplink signal packet, parameters of the spreading code of each uplink signal in the uplink signal packet, and parameters of the cyclic shift of the uplink signal packet. That is to say, if a certain parameter of all the uplink signals in a certain uplink signal group is the same, the network device can only configure a set of the same parameter for the uplink signal group, without having to deal with each uplink signal. Configure a set of the same parameters separately, saving configuration overhead.
可选地,上述M个上行信号分组的标识ID(或索引)可以通过发送的时序来隐式指示,也可以将每个上行信号分组的ID携带在每个上行信号分组的参数中显式指示。例如,参见图20所示,网络设备发送了3个上行信号分组的参数,这3个上行信号分组的参数的发送时序可以隐式指示这3个上行信号分组的索引。例如,终端设备可以根据接收顺序确定上行信号分组U1的索引为0,上行信号分组U2的索引为1,上行信号分组U3的索引为2。需要说明的是,图20是以每个上行信号分组的参数指示该上行信号分组内的每个上行信号的时域参数、频域参数、序列生成参数、扩频码的参数、循环移位的参数这5项为例进行的说明,在其他可选的实现方式中,每个上行信号分组的参数还可以指示每个上行信号的时域参数、频域参数、序列生成参数、扩频码的参数、循环移位的参数这5项中的任意一项或多项。又例如,参见图21所示,网络设备发送了3个上行信号分组的参数,其中每个上行信号分组的参数还用于指示该上行信号分组的索引或标识,例如,上行信号分组U1的索引为0,上行信号分组U2的索引为1,上行信号分组U3的索引为2,则终端设备可以根据每个上行信号分组的参数识别出每个上行信号分组的索引。需要说明的是,图21是以每个上行信号分组的参数指示该上行信号分组的索引、该上行信号分组内的每个上行信号的时域参数、频域参数、序列生成参数、扩频码的参数、循环移位的参数这6项为例进行的说明,在其他可选的实现方式中,每个上行信号分组的参数还可以指示该上行信号分组的索引、该上行信号分组内的时域参数、频域参数、序列生成参数、扩频码的参数、循环移位的参数这6项中的任意一项或多项。Optionally, the identification ID (or index) of the foregoing M uplink signal groups may be implicitly indicated by the time sequence of transmission, or the ID of each uplink signal group may be carried in the parameters of each uplink signal group for explicit indication . For example, referring to FIG. 20, the network device sends the parameters of three uplink signal groups, and the transmission timing of the parameters of the three uplink signal groups may implicitly indicate the indexes of the three uplink signal groups. For example, the terminal device may determine that the index of the uplink signal group U1 is 0, the index of the uplink signal group U2 is 1, and the index of the uplink signal group U3 is 2 according to the receiving order. It should be noted that, in FIG. 20, the parameters of each uplink signal group indicate the time domain parameters, frequency domain parameters, sequence generation parameters, spreading code parameters, and cyclic shifts of each uplink signal in the uplink signal group. The five parameters are explained as examples. In other optional implementations, the parameters of each uplink signal group can also indicate the time domain parameters, frequency domain parameters, sequence generation parameters, and spreading code parameters of each uplink signal. Any one or more of the 5 parameters, cyclic shift parameters. For another example, referring to FIG. 21, the network device sends the parameters of three uplink signal groups, where the parameters of each uplink signal group are also used to indicate the index or identifier of the uplink signal group, for example, the index of the uplink signal group U1 If it is 0, the index of the uplink signal group U2 is 1, and the index of the uplink signal group U3 is 2, the terminal device can identify the index of each uplink signal group according to the parameters of each uplink signal group. It should be noted that, in Figure 21, the parameters of each uplink signal group indicate the index of the uplink signal group, the time domain parameters, frequency domain parameters, sequence generation parameters, and spreading codes of each uplink signal in the uplink signal group. The 6 items of parameters and cyclic shift parameters are taken as examples. In other optional implementations, the parameters of each uplink signal group can also indicate the index of the uplink signal group and the time in the uplink signal group. Any one or more of the six items: domain parameters, frequency domain parameters, sequence generation parameters, spreading code parameters, and cyclic shift parameters.
可选的,网络设备配置上行信号分组参数的配置方式有很多种:例如网络设备可以将上行信号分组的参数通过UE专用的RRC信令进行配置,该RRC信令通过PDSCH承载,PDSCH对应的PDCCH的CRC由该UE专用的标识进行加扰,因此该RRC只会被该UE接收。网络设备也可以通过该UE所在的UE组专用的RRC信令进行配置,该RRC信令通过PDSCH承载,PDSCH对应的PDCCH的CRC由该UE组专用的标识进行加扰,因此该RRC只会被该UE组中的UE接收。网络设备也可以通过广播信令或系统消息进行配置,例如以MIB或者其它广播信令的形式进行配置。Optionally, there are many ways for the network equipment to configure the uplink signal grouping parameters: for example, the network equipment can configure the uplink signal grouping parameters through UE-specific RRC signaling. The RRC signaling is carried by the PDSCH, and the PDCCH corresponding to the PDSCH The CRC is scrambled by the UE-specific identity, so the RRC can only be received by the UE. The network equipment can also be configured through the dedicated RRC signaling for the UE group where the UE is located. The RRC signaling is carried by the PDSCH. The CRC of the PDCCH corresponding to the PDSCH is scrambled by the identifier dedicated to the UE group. Therefore, the RRC will only be The UEs in the UE group receive. Network devices can also be configured through broadcast signaling or system messages, for example, in the form of MIB or other broadcast signaling.
可选的,可以通过协议预定义上行信号分组的参数。或者,上行信号分组的参数中部分通过协议预定义,部分通过网络设备配置。例如,上述M个上行信号分组内每个上行信号对应的时域参数以及频域参数可以由协议预定义,而上行信号分组内每个上行信号对应的序列生成参数、扩频码以及循环移位值由网络设备配置给终端设备,这种情况下,网络设备发送的每个上行信号分组的参数则指示该上行信号分组内每个上行信号对应的序列生成参数、扩频码的参数以及循环移位的参数。Optionally, the parameters of the uplink signal grouping can be predefined through the protocol. Or, some of the parameters of the uplink signal grouping are predefined by the protocol, and some are configured by the network device. For example, the time domain parameters and frequency domain parameters corresponding to each uplink signal in the above M uplink signal packets can be predefined by the protocol, and the sequence generation parameters, spreading codes, and cyclic shifts corresponding to each uplink signal in the uplink signal packets The value is configured by the network device to the terminal device. In this case, the parameters of each uplink signal packet sent by the network device indicate the sequence generation parameters, spreading code parameters, and cyclic shift corresponding to each uplink signal in the uplink signal packet. Bit parameters.
可选的,网络设备还可以将上述N个下行信号与M个上行信号分组的对应关系配置给终端设备,例如可以通过信令配置给终端设备。Optionally, the network device may also configure the corresponding relationship between the N downlink signals and the M uplink signal groups to the terminal device, for example, it may be configured to the terminal device through signaling.
对应关系的配置可以有如下三种方式:There are three ways to configure the corresponding relationship:
方式一,网络设备配置的下行信号的参数还用于指示与之对应的上行信号分组的标识或索引。例如,图18所示的下行信号参数配置,下行信号的参数除了可以指示图18所示的参数以外,还可以指示与下行信号对应的上行信号分组的索引。例如下行信号D1的参数还用于指示与其对应的上行信号分组U1的索引0,下行信号D2的参数还用于指示与之对应的上行信号分组U2的索引1,下行信号D3的参数还用于指示与之对应的上行信号分组U3的索引2,具体可参见图22所示。同理,针对图19所示的下行信号参数配置,下行信号的参数除了可以指示图19所示的参数以外,还可以指示下行信号对应的上行信号分组的索引。例如,下行信号D1的参数还用于指示与其对应的上行信号分组U1的索引0,下行信号D2的参数还用于指示与之对应的上行信号分组U2的索引1,下行信号D3的参数还用于指示与之对应的上行信号分组U3的索引2。Manner 1: The parameter of the downlink signal configured by the network device is also used to indicate the identifier or index of the corresponding uplink signal group. For example, in the downlink signal parameter configuration shown in FIG. 18, in addition to the parameters shown in FIG. 18, the parameters of the downlink signal may also indicate the index of the uplink signal group corresponding to the downlink signal. For example, the parameters of the downlink signal D1 are also used to indicate the index 0 of the corresponding uplink signal group U1, the parameters of the downlink signal D2 are also used to indicate the index 1 of the corresponding uplink signal group U2, and the parameters of the downlink signal D3 are also used It indicates the index 2 of the corresponding uplink signal group U3. For details, refer to FIG. 22. Similarly, for the downlink signal parameter configuration shown in FIG. 19, the parameters of the downlink signal may indicate the index of the uplink signal group corresponding to the downlink signal in addition to the parameters shown in FIG. 19. For example, the parameters of the downlink signal D1 are also used to indicate the index 0 of the corresponding uplink signal group U1, the parameters of the downlink signal D2 are also used to indicate the index 1 of the corresponding uplink signal group U2, and the parameters of the downlink signal D3 are also used It indicates the index 2 of the corresponding uplink signal group U3.
方式二,网络设备配置的上行信号分组的参数还用于指示与之对应的下行信号的标识或索引。例如,针对图20所示的上行信号分组参数配置,上行信号分组参数除了可以指示图20所示的参数以外,还可以指示与上行信号分组对应的下行信号的索引。例如,上行信号分组U1的参数还用于指示与之对应的下行信号D1的索引0,上行信号分组U2的参数还用于指示与之对应的下行信号D2的索引1,上行信号分组U3的参数还用于指示与之对应的下行信号D3的索引2,具体可参见图23所示。同理,针对图21所示的上行信号分组参数配置,上行信号分组参数除了可以指示图21所示的参数以外,还可以指示上行信号分组对应的下行信号的索引。例如,上行信号分组U1的参数还用于指示与之对应的下行信号D1的索引0,上行信号分组U2的参数还用于指示与之对应的下行信号D2的索引1,上行信号分组U3的参数还用于指示与之对应的下行信号D3的索引2。Manner 2: The parameter of the uplink signal group configured by the network device is also used to indicate the identifier or index of the corresponding downlink signal. For example, for the uplink signal grouping parameter configuration shown in FIG. 20, the uplink signal grouping parameter may indicate the index of the downlink signal corresponding to the uplink signal group in addition to the parameter shown in FIG. 20. For example, the parameters of the uplink signal group U1 are also used to indicate the index 0 of the corresponding downlink signal D1, the parameters of the uplink signal group U2 are also used to indicate the index 1 of the corresponding downlink signal D2, and the parameters of the uplink signal group U3. It is also used to indicate the index 2 of the corresponding downlink signal D3, as shown in FIG. 23 for details. Similarly, for the uplink signal grouping parameter configuration shown in FIG. 21, the uplink signal grouping parameter may indicate the index of the downlink signal corresponding to the uplink signal grouping in addition to the parameters shown in FIG. 21. For example, the parameters of the uplink signal group U1 are also used to indicate the index 0 of the corresponding downlink signal D1, the parameters of the uplink signal group U2 are also used to indicate the index 1 of the corresponding downlink signal D2, and the parameters of the uplink signal group U3. It is also used to indicate the index 2 of the corresponding downlink signal D3.
方式三,网络设备通过信令配置上述N个下行信号的标识或索引与M个上行信号分组的标识或索引对应关系。例如,网络设备通过信令配置下行信号D1对应的上行信号分组U1的索引为0,下行信号D2对应的上行信号分组U2的索引为1,下行信号D3对应的上行信号分组U3的索引为2,具体可参见如下表1所示。Manner 3: The network device configures the correspondence between the identifiers or indexes of the N downlink signals and the identifiers or indexes of the M uplink signal groups through signaling. For example, the network device configures the index of the uplink signal group U1 corresponding to the downlink signal D1 to be 0 through signaling, the index of the uplink signal group U2 corresponding to the downlink signal D2 to 1, and the index of the uplink signal group U3 corresponding to the downlink signal D3 to 2. For details, see Table 1 below.
表1Table 1
下行信号的索引Downlink signal index 对应的上行信号分组的索引Index of the corresponding uplink signal group
00 00
11 11
22 22
需要说明的是,表1是以索引值相同的下行信号与上行信号分组相对应为例进行的说明,在实际应用中,相对应的下行信号与上行信号分组的索引可以不相同,例如,索引为0的下行信号对应的上行信号分组的索引可以是1或2。It should be noted that Table 1 is an example in which downlink signals with the same index value correspond to uplink signal groups. In practical applications, the indexes of the corresponding downlink signal and uplink signal groups may be different, for example, index The index of the uplink signal group corresponding to the downlink signal of 0 may be 1 or 2.
上述三种对应关系配置方式均为显式配置,此外,对应关系的配置还可以是隐式的。例如,协议预定义通过发送的时序来隐式指示下行信号对应的上行信号分组。参见图18所示,网络设备在时频资源1、时频资源2和时频资源3上分别发送了3个下行信号的参数,这3个下行信号的参数的发送时序可以隐式指示这3个下行信号的索引,例如,终端设备可以根据接收顺序(例如时域先后顺序,和/或频域的频率大小顺序)确定下行信号D1的 索引为0,下行信号D2的索引为1,下行信号D3的索引为2。参见图20所示,网络设备在时频资源4、时频资源5和时频资源6上分别发送了3个上行信号分组的参数,这3个上行信号分组的参数的发送时序可以隐式指示这3个上行信号分组的索引,例如,终端设备可以根据接收顺序确定上行信号分组U1的索引为0,上行信号分组U2的索引为1,上行信号分组U3的索引为2,则终端设备按照接收顺序确定下行信号D1对应的上行信号分组为U1(或索引为0的下行信号对应索引为0的上行信号分组),下行信号D2对应的上行信号分组为U2(或索引为1的下行信号对应索引为1的上行信号分组),下行信号D3对应的上行信号分组为U3(或索引为2的下行信号对应索引为2的上行信号分组)。The above three corresponding relationship configuration modes are all explicit configuration, and the configuration of the corresponding relationship may also be implicit. For example, the protocol predefines the transmission timing to implicitly indicate the uplink signal group corresponding to the downlink signal. As shown in FIG. 18, the network device sends three downlink signal parameters on time-frequency resource 1, time-frequency resource 2 and time-frequency resource 3, respectively. The transmission timing of the parameters of these three downlink signals can implicitly indicate these 3 parameters. For example, the terminal device may determine that the index of the downlink signal D1 is 0, the index of the downlink signal D2 is 1, and the index of the downlink signal D2 is 1, according to the receiving order (for example, the order of the time domain and/or the frequency order of the frequency domain). The index of D3 is 2. As shown in FIG. 20, the network device sends the parameters of three uplink signal packets on time-frequency resource 4, time-frequency resource 5, and time-frequency resource 6, respectively, and the transmission timing of the parameters of these three uplink signal packets can be implicitly indicated The indexes of these three uplink signal groups. For example, the terminal device can determine according to the receiving order that the index of the uplink signal group U1 is 0, the index of the uplink signal group U2 is 1, and the index of the uplink signal group U3 is 2. The sequence determines that the uplink signal group corresponding to the downlink signal D1 is U1 (or the downlink signal with index 0 corresponds to the uplink signal group with index 0), and the uplink signal group corresponding to the downlink signal D2 is U2 (or the downlink signal with index 1 corresponds to the index The uplink signal group is 1), and the uplink signal group corresponding to the downlink signal D3 is U3 (or the downlink signal with index 2 corresponds to the uplink signal group with index 2).
对应关系的配置除了可以由网络设备配置以外,还可以是协议中预定义的。例如,协议中预定义如上述表1所示的下行信号的索引与上行信号分组的索引的映射表。协议中还可以预定义每个下行信号的参数以及与之对应的上行信号分组内的每个上行信号的参数。The configuration of the correspondence relationship can be pre-defined in the protocol in addition to being configured by the network device. For example, the protocol predefines the mapping table of the index of the downlink signal and the index of the uplink signal group as shown in Table 1 above. The protocol can also predefine the parameters of each downlink signal and the parameters of each uplink signal in the corresponding uplink signal group.
需要说明的是,图18至图23均是以下行信号与上行信号分组的对应关系进行描述的,对应关系还可以是下行信号分组与上行信号分组的对应,相应的参数配置方式以及对应关系配置方式可以参考前述关于下行信号与上行信号分组的对应关系的描述,此次不再赘述。It should be noted that Figures 18 to 23 are all described in terms of the correspondence relationship between the downlink signal and the uplink signal group. The correspondence relationship can also be the correspondence between the downlink signal group and the uplink signal group, the corresponding parameter configuration mode and the corresponding relationship configuration For the manner, reference may be made to the foregoing description of the correspondence between the downlink signal and the uplink signal grouping, which will not be repeated here.
上述实施例均是以上行信号为DMRS为例进行描述的,相应的,上行信号还可以是preamble,上行信号分组还可以是preamble分组,上行信号为preamble时的实现方式可以参考上行信号为DMRS时的实现方式,此次不再赘述。除DMRS以外,上行信号还可以是其他参考信号,也可以是PUSCH或PUCCH,其他参考信号例如可以包括SRS。下行信号可以是下行参考信号,下行参考信号包括但不限于协议中新定义的一种参考信号,目的是让终端设备确定与之对应的上行信号分组。The above embodiments are all described by taking the uplink signal as a DMRS as an example. Correspondingly, the uplink signal can also be a preamble, and the uplink signal packet can also be a preamble packet. The implementation method when the uplink signal is a preamble can refer to when the uplink signal is DMRS. The realization method of this time will not be repeated here. In addition to DMRS, the uplink signal may also be other reference signals, and may also be PUSCH or PUCCH, and other reference signals may include SRS, for example. The downlink signal may be a downlink reference signal, and the downlink reference signal includes but is not limited to a reference signal newly defined in the protocol, and the purpose is to allow the terminal device to determine the corresponding uplink signal group.
上述本申请提供的实施例中,分别从网络设备、终端、以及网络设备和终端之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方法进行了介绍。可以理解的是,各个网元,例如终端设备、网络设备等为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的网元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。In the above-mentioned embodiments provided in the present application, the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application are introduced from the perspective of network equipment, terminal, and interaction between the network equipment and the terminal. It can be understood that, in order to realize the foregoing functions, each network element, such as a terminal device, a network device, etc., includes a hardware structure and/or software module corresponding to each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that, in combination with the network elements and algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed in this document, this application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
可以理解的是,上述方法中,由终端设备实现的方法,也可以由可配置于终端设备的部件(例如芯片、芯片系统或者电路)实现,由网络设备实现的方法,也可以由可配置于网络设备的部件(例如芯片、芯片系统或者电路)实现。It is understandable that among the above methods, the method implemented by the terminal device can also be implemented by a component (such as a chip, chip system, or circuit) that can be configured on the terminal device, and the method implemented by a network device can also be implemented by The components (such as chips, chip systems, or circuits) of network devices are implemented.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对终端设备、网络设备等进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiments of the present application can divide the terminal equipment, network equipment, etc. into functional modules according to the above method examples. For example, each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module. . The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下,图24示出了上述实施例中所涉及的 装置的一种可能的逻辑结构示意图,装置1300包括:处理单元1301和通信单元1302。该装置1300可以为终端设备或者可配置于终端设备的部件。示例性的,通信单元1302用于支持装置1300执行前述方法实施例中对应终端设备接收或者发送信息的步骤。处理单元1301,用于支持装置1300执行前述方法实施例中对应终端设备相关的处理步骤,例如实现除收发单元功能以外的其他功能等。可选的,该装置1300还可以包括存储单元,用于存储代码(程序、或指令)或者数据。示例性地,通信单元1302,用于接收第一下行信号;处理单元1301,用于从第一上行信号分组中确定第一上行信号,该第一上行信号分组与该第一下行信号是相对应的;通信单元1302,还用于发送该第一上行信号。In the case of dividing each functional module corresponding to each function, FIG. 24 shows a schematic diagram of a possible logical structure of the device involved in the foregoing embodiment. The device 1300 includes a processing unit 1301 and a communication unit 1302. The apparatus 1300 may be a terminal device or a component configurable in the terminal device. Exemplarily, the communication unit 1302 is configured to support the apparatus 1300 to perform the steps of receiving or sending information by the corresponding terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment. The processing unit 1301 is configured to support the apparatus 1300 to execute the processing steps related to the corresponding terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment, for example, to implement other functions except the function of the transceiver unit. Optionally, the device 1300 may further include a storage unit for storing codes (programs or instructions) or data. Exemplarily, the communication unit 1302 is configured to receive the first downlink signal; the processing unit 1301 is configured to determine the first uplink signal from the first uplink signal group, where the first uplink signal group and the first downlink signal are Correspondingly; the communication unit 1302 is also used to send the first uplink signal.
在硬件实现上,上述处理单元1301可以为处理器或者处理电路等。通信单元1302可以为收发器或者收发电路或者接口电路等。存储单元可以为存储器。上述处理单元、通信单元和存储单元可以集成在一起,也可以分离。In terms of hardware implementation, the aforementioned processing unit 1301 may be a processor or a processing circuit. The communication unit 1302 may be a transceiver or a transceiving circuit or an interface circuit or the like. The storage unit may be a memory. The aforementioned processing unit, communication unit, and storage unit may be integrated or separated.
图25示出了上述实施例中所涉及的装置的一种可能的逻辑结构示意图,装置1400包括:处理单元1401和通信单元1402。该装置1400可以为网络设备或者可配置于网络设备的部件。示例性的,通信单元1402用于支持装置1400执行前述方法实施例中对应网络设备接收或者发送信息的步骤。处理单元1401,用于支持网络设备执行前述方法实施例中网络设备相关的处理步骤,例如实现除收发单元功能以外的其他功能等。可选的,该装置1400还可以包括存储单元,用于存储代码(程序、或指令)或者数据。一种可能的方式中,通信单元1402,用于发送第一下行信号;通信单元1402,还用于接收第一上行信号,第一上行信号包括于第一上行信号分组中,第一上行信号分组与第一下行信号是相对应的。FIG. 25 shows a schematic diagram of a possible logical structure of the apparatus involved in the foregoing embodiment. The apparatus 1400 includes a processing unit 1401 and a communication unit 1402. The apparatus 1400 may be a network device or a component configurable in the network device. Exemplarily, the communication unit 1402 is configured to support the apparatus 1400 to perform the steps of receiving or sending information by the corresponding network device in the foregoing method embodiment. The processing unit 1401 is configured to support the network device to execute the processing steps related to the network device in the foregoing method embodiment, for example, to implement other functions except the function of the transceiver unit. Optionally, the device 1400 may further include a storage unit for storing codes (programs or instructions) or data. In one possible manner, the communication unit 1402 is configured to send a first downlink signal; the communication unit 1402 is also configured to receive a first uplink signal, the first uplink signal is included in the first uplink signal packet, and the first uplink signal The grouping corresponds to the first downlink signal.
在硬件实现上,上述处理单元1401可以为处理器或者处理电路等。通信单元1402可以为收发器或者收发电路或者接口电路等。存储单元可以为存储器。上述处理单元、通信单元和存储单元可以集成在一起,也可以分离。In terms of hardware implementation, the aforementioned processing unit 1401 may be a processor or a processing circuit. The communication unit 1402 may be a transceiver or a transceiving circuit or an interface circuit or the like. The storage unit may be a memory. The aforementioned processing unit, communication unit, and storage unit may be integrated or separated.
图26所示,为本申请的实施例提供的装置的一种可能的硬件结构示意图。装置1500用于实现上述方法中终端设备的功能。该装置可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备中的装置,或者是可以和终端设备匹配使用的装置。例如,该装置可以为芯片系统。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。装置1500包括至少一个处理器1520,用于实现本申请实施例提供的方法中终端设备的功能。示例性地,处理器1520可以生成和发送第一上行信号等等信息,具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,此处不做赘述。FIG. 26 shows a schematic diagram of a possible hardware structure of the device provided by the embodiment of this application. The apparatus 1500 is used to implement the functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method. The device may be a terminal device, a device in a terminal device, or a device that can be matched and used with the terminal device. For example, the device may be a chip system. In the embodiments of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices. The apparatus 1500 includes at least one processor 1520, configured to implement the function of the terminal device in the method provided in the embodiment of the present application. Exemplarily, the processor 1520 may generate and send the first uplink signal and other information. For details, refer to the detailed description in the method example, which is not repeated here.
装置1500还可以包括至少一个存储器1530,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。存储器1530和处理器1520耦合。本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。处理器1520可能和存储器1530协同操作。处理器1520可能执行存储器1530中存储的程序指令。所述至少一个存储器中的至少一个可以包括于处理器中。The device 1500 may further include at least one memory 1530 for storing program instructions and/or data. The memory 1530 and the processor 1520 are coupled. The coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units, or modules, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules. The processor 1520 may operate in cooperation with the memory 1530. The processor 1520 may execute program instructions stored in the memory 1530. At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor.
装置1500还可以包括通信接口1510,用于通过传输介质和其它设备进行通信,从而用于装置1500中的装置可以和其它设备进行通信。示例性地,该其它设备可以是网络设备。处理器1520利用通信接口1510收发数据,并用于实现上述实施例中终端设备所执行的方法。在本申请实施例中,通信接口可以是收发器、接口、总线、电路或者能够实现收发功 能的装置、模块等。The apparatus 1500 may further include a communication interface 1510 for communicating with other devices through a transmission medium, so that the apparatus used in the apparatus 1500 can communicate with other devices. Illustratively, the other device may be a network device. The processor 1520 uses the communication interface 1510 to send and receive data, and is used to implement the method executed by the terminal device in the foregoing embodiment. In the embodiments of the present application, the communication interface may be a transceiver, interface, bus, circuit, or a device or module capable of implementing the transceiver function.
本申请实施例中不限定上述通信接口1510、处理器1520以及存储器1530之间的具体连接介质。本申请实施例在图26中以存储器1530、处理器1520以及通信接口1510之间通过总线1540连接,总线在图26中以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。所述总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图26中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific connection medium between the communication interface 1510, the processor 1520, and the memory 1530. In the embodiment of the present application in FIG. 26, the memory 1530, the processor 1520, and the communication interface 1510 are connected by a bus 1540. The bus is represented by a thick line in FIG. 26. The connection mode between other components is only for schematic illustration. , Is not limited. The bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus, etc. For ease of representation, only one thick line is used to represent in FIG. 26, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
在本申请实施例中,处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件,可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。In the embodiments of the present application, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, a discrete hardware component, and may implement or Perform the methods, steps, and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
在本申请实施例中,存储器可以是非易失性存储器,比如硬盘(hard disk drive,HDD)或固态硬盘(solid-state drive,SSD)等,还可以是易失性存储器(volatile memory),例如随机存取存储器(random-access memory,RAM)。存储器是能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是电路或者其它任意能够实现存储功能的装置,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。In the embodiment of the present application, the memory may be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), etc., or a volatile memory (volatile memory), for example Random-access memory (random-access memory, RAM). The memory is any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto. The memory in the embodiments of the present application may also be a circuit or any other device capable of realizing a storage function, for storing program instructions and/or data.
可以理解的,装置1500可以是图1示出的无线通信系统100中的终端设备102,可实施为UE、eMTC设备、移动设备,移动台(mobile station),移动单元(mobile unit),无线单元,远程单元,用户代理,移动客户端等等。It is understandable that the apparatus 1500 may be the terminal device 102 in the wireless communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1, and may be implemented as a UE, an eMTC device, a mobile device, a mobile station, a mobile unit, and a wireless unit. , Remote units, user agents, mobile clients, etc.
需要说明的是,图26所示的装置1500仅仅是本申请实施例的一种实现方式,实际应用中,装置1500还可以包括更多或更少的部件,这里不作限制。关于装置1500的具体实现可以参考前述方法实施例中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the device 1500 shown in FIG. 26 is only an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application. In actual applications, the device 1500 may also include more or fewer components, which is not limited here. For the specific implementation of the apparatus 1500, reference may be made to the relevant description in the foregoing method embodiment, which is not repeated here.
图27所示,为本申请的实施例提供的装置的一种可能的硬件结构示意图。装置1600用于实现上述方法中网络设备的功能。该装置可以是网络设备,也可以是网络设备中的装置,或者是可以和网络设备匹配使用的装置。示例性地,该装置可以为芯片系统。装置1600包括至少一个处理器1620,用于实现本申请实施例提供的方法中网络设备的功能。示例性地,处理器1620可以生成和发送第一下行信号等等信息,具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,此处不做赘述。FIG. 27 shows a schematic diagram of a possible hardware structure of the device provided by an embodiment of this application. The apparatus 1600 is used to implement the function of the network device in the above method. The device can be a network device, a device in a network device, or a device that can be matched and used with a network device. Exemplarily, the device may be a chip system. The apparatus 1600 includes at least one processor 1620, configured to implement the function of the network device in the method provided in the embodiment of the present application. Exemplarily, the processor 1620 may generate and send the first downlink signal and other information. For details, refer to the detailed description in the method example, which is not repeated here.
装置1600还可以包括至少一个存储器1630,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。存储器1630和处理器1620耦合。处理器1620可能和存储器1630协同操作。处理器1620可能执行存储器1630中存储的程序指令。所述至少一个存储器中的至少一个可以包括于处理器中。The device 1600 may further include at least one memory 1630 for storing program instructions and/or data. The memory 1630 and the processor 1620 are coupled. The processor 1620 may cooperate with the memory 1630 to operate. The processor 1620 may execute program instructions stored in the memory 1630. At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor.
装置1600还可以包括通信接口1610,用于通过传输介质和其它设备进行通信,从而用于装置1600中的装置可以和其它设备进行通信。示例性地,该其它设备可以是终端设备。处理器1620利用通信接口1610收发数据,并用于实现上述实施例中网络设备所执行的方法。The apparatus 1600 may further include a communication interface 1610 for communicating with other devices through a transmission medium, so that the apparatus used in the apparatus 1600 can communicate with other devices. Exemplarily, the other device may be a terminal device. The processor 1620 uses the communication interface 1610 to send and receive data, and is used to implement the method executed by the network device in the foregoing embodiment.
本申请实施例中不限定上述通信接口1610、处理器1620以及存储器1630之间的具体连接介质。本申请实施例在图27中以存储器1630、处理器1620以及通信接口1610之间 通过总线1640连接,总线在图27中以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。所述总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图27中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific connection medium between the communication interface 1610, the processor 1620, and the memory 1630. In the embodiment of the present application in FIG. 27, the memory 1630, the processor 1620, and the communication interface 1610 are connected by a bus 1640. The bus is represented by a thick line in FIG. 27. The connection mode between other components is only for schematic illustration. , Is not limited. The bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus, etc. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used to represent in FIG. 27, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
可以理解的,装置1600可以是图1示出的无线通信系统100中的网络设备101,可实施为基站、基站收发台,无线收发器,一个基本服务集(basic service set,BSS),一个扩展服务集(extended service set,ESS),NodeB,eNodeB,gNB等等。It is understandable that the apparatus 1600 may be the network device 101 in the wireless communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1, and may be implemented as a base station, a base transceiver station, a wireless transceiver, a basic service set (BSS), and an extension. Service set (extended service set, ESS), NodeB, eNodeB, gNB, etc.
需要说明的是,图27所示的装置1600仅仅是本申请实施例的一种实现方式,实际应用中,装置1600还可以包括更多或更少的部件,这里不作限制。关于装置1600的具体实现可以参考前述方法实施例中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the device 1600 shown in FIG. 27 is only an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application. In actual applications, the device 1600 may further include more or fewer components, which is not limited here. For the specific implementation of the apparatus 1600, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
参见图28,图28示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信芯片的结构示意图。如图28所示,通信芯片1700可包括:处理器1701,以及耦合于处理器1701的一个或多个接口1702。示例性的:Referring to FIG. 28, FIG. 28 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication chip provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 28, the communication chip 1700 may include a processor 1701, and one or more interfaces 1702 coupled to the processor 1701. Exemplary:
处理器1701可用于读取和执行计算机可读指令。具体实现中,处理器1701可主要包括控制器、运算器和寄存器。示例性的,控制器主要负责指令译码,并为指令对应的操作发出控制信号。运算器主要负责执行定点或浮点算数运算操作、移位操作以及逻辑操作等,也可以执行地址运算和转换。寄存器主要负责保存指令执行过程中临时存放的寄存器操作数和中间操作结果等。具体实现中,处理器1701的硬件架构可以是专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuits,ASIC)架构、无互锁管道阶段架构的微处理器(microprocessor without interlocked piped stages architecture,MIPS)架构、进阶精简指令集机器(advanced RISC machines,ARM)架构或者NP架构等等。处理器1701可以是单核的,也可以是多核的。The processor 1701 may be used to read and execute computer-readable instructions. In specific implementation, the processor 1701 may mainly include a controller, an arithmetic unit, and a register. Exemplarily, the controller is mainly responsible for instruction decoding, and sends control signals for operations corresponding to the instructions. The arithmetic unit is mainly responsible for performing fixed-point or floating-point arithmetic operations, shift operations and logical operations, etc., and can also perform address operations and conversions. The register is mainly responsible for storing the register operands and intermediate operation results temporarily stored during the execution of the instruction. In specific implementation, the hardware architecture of the processor 1701 can be an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC) architecture, a microprocessor without interlocked pipeline stage architecture (microprocessor without interlocked stages architecture, MIPS) architecture, and advanced streamlining. Instruction set machine (advanced RISC machines, ARM) architecture or NP architecture, etc. The processor 1701 may be single-core or multi-core.
示例性的,接口1702可用于输入待处理的数据至处理器1701,并且可以向外输出处理器1701的处理结果。具体实现中,接口1702可以是通用输入输出(general purpose input output,GPIO)接口,可以和多个外围设备(如液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD)、摄像头(camara)、射频(radio frequency,RF)模块等等)连接。接口1702通过总线1703与处理器1701相连。Exemplarily, the interface 1702 can be used to input data to be processed to the processor 1701, and can output the processing result of the processor 1701 to the outside. In specific implementation, the interface 1702 can be a general purpose input output (GPIO) interface, which can communicate with multiple peripheral devices (such as liquid crystal display (LCD), camera (camara), radio frequency, RF ) Module, etc.) connection. The interface 1702 is connected to the processor 1701 through the bus 1703.
一种可能的实现方式中,处理器1701可用于从存储器中调用并执行指令,以实现本申请的一个或多个实施例提供的方法。存储器可以和处理器1701集成在一起,也可以通过接口1702与通信芯片1700相耦合,也就是说存储器可以是通信芯片1700的一部分,也可以独立于该通信芯片1700。接口1702可用于输出处理器1701的执行结果。In a possible implementation manner, the processor 1701 may be configured to call and execute instructions from the memory to implement the method provided in one or more embodiments of the present application. The memory may be integrated with the processor 1701, or may be coupled to the communication chip 1700 through the interface 1702, that is, the memory may be a part of the communication chip 1700 or may be independent of the communication chip 1700. The interface 1702 may be used to output the execution result of the processor 1701.
需要说明的,处理器1701、接口1702各自对应的功能既可以通过硬件设计实现,也可以通过软件设计来实现,还可以通过软硬件结合的方式来实现,这里不作限制。It should be noted that the respective functions of the processor 1701 and the interface 1702 can be implemented through hardware design, through software design, or through a combination of software and hardware, which is not limited here.
本申请实施例提供的方法中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、网络设备、用户设备或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可 以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机可以存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,固态驱动器(solid-state drive,SSD))等。The methods provided in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a dedicated computer, a computer network, network equipment, user equipment, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a tape), an optical medium (for example, a digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid-state drive (SSD)). ))Wait.
在本申请实施例中,在无逻辑矛盾的前提下,各实施例之间可以相互引用,例如方法实施例之间的方法和/或术语可以相互引用,例如装置实施例之间的功能和/或术语可以相互引用,例如装置实施例和方法实施例之间的功能和/或术语可以相互引用。In the embodiments of the present application, provided that there is no logical contradiction, the embodiments can be mutually cited. For example, methods and/or terms between method embodiments can be mutually cited, such as functions and/or functions between device embodiments. Or terms may refer to each other, for example, functions and/or terms between the device embodiment and the method embodiment may refer to each other.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the application without departing from the scope of the application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of this application fall within the scope of the claims of this application and their equivalent technologies, this application also intends to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (20)

  1. 一种信号传输方法,其特征在于,包括:A signal transmission method, characterized in that it comprises:
    接收第一下行信号;Receiving the first downlink signal;
    从第一上行信号分组中确定第一上行信号,所述第一上行信号分组与所述第一下行信号是相对应的,其中,所述第一上行信号分组包括于M个上行信号分组中,所述M个上行信号分组是根据上行信号的以下参数中的一种或多种进行分组的:序列生成参数、循环移位值、扩频码、和时频资源位置,M为正整数;The first uplink signal is determined from the first uplink signal group, and the first uplink signal group corresponds to the first downlink signal, wherein the first uplink signal group is included in M uplink signal groups The M uplink signal groups are grouped according to one or more of the following parameters of the uplink signal: sequence generation parameters, cyclic shift values, spreading codes, and time-frequency resource positions, and M is a positive integer;
    发送所述第一上行信号。Sending the first uplink signal.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收N个下行信号的配置参数,所述N个下行信号中包括所述第一下行信号,其中,N为正整数;Receiving configuration parameters of N downlink signals, where the N downlink signals include the first downlink signal, where N is a positive integer;
    对于所述N个下行信号中的一个下行信号,所述一个下行信号的配置参数用于指示如下至少一项:所述一个下行信号的标识、所述一个下行信号的时域资源参数、所述一个下行信号的频域资源参数、所述一个下行信号的序列生成参数、所述一个下行信号的扩频码的参数、和所述一个下行信号的循环移位的参数。For one downlink signal among the N downlink signals, the configuration parameter of the one downlink signal is used to indicate at least one of the following: the identifier of the one downlink signal, the time domain resource parameter of the one downlink signal, the A frequency domain resource parameter of a downlink signal, a sequence generation parameter of the one downlink signal, a parameter of a spreading code of the one downlink signal, and a parameter of a cyclic shift of the one downlink signal.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收所述M个上行信号分组的配置参数;Receiving configuration parameters of the M uplink signal packets;
    对于所述M个上行信号分组中的一个上行信号分组,所述一个上行信号分组的配置参数用于指示如下至少一项:所述一个上行信号分组的标识、所述一个上行信号分组中各上行信号的时域资源参数、所述一个上行信号分组中各上行信号的频域资源参数、所述一个上行信号分组中各上行信号的序列生成参数、所述一个上行信号分组中各上行信号的扩频码的参数、和所述一个上行信号分组中各上行信号的循环移位的参数。For one uplink signal group in the M uplink signal groups, the configuration parameter of the one uplink signal group is used to indicate at least one of the following: the identifier of the one uplink signal group, each uplink signal group in the one uplink signal group The time domain resource parameter of the signal, the frequency domain resource parameter of each uplink signal in the one uplink signal group, the sequence generation parameter of each uplink signal in the one uplink signal group, the spread of each uplink signal in the one uplink signal group The parameter of the frequency code and the parameter of the cyclic shift of each uplink signal in the one uplink signal group.
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述一个下行信号的配置参数还用于指示所述一个下行信号所对应的上行信号分组。The method according to claim 2 or 3, wherein the configuration parameter of the one downlink signal is further used to indicate the uplink signal group corresponding to the one downlink signal.
  5. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述一个上行信号分组的配置参数还用于指示所述一个上行信号分组所对应的下行信号。The method according to claim 3, wherein the configuration parameter of the one uplink signal group is further used to indicate the downlink signal corresponding to the one uplink signal group.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收第一信令,所述第一信令用于指示N个下行信号与所述M个上行信号分组的对应关系,所述N个下行信号中包括所述第一下行信号。Receive first signaling, where the first signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between N downlink signals and the M uplink signal groups, and the N downlink signals include the first downlink signal.
  7. 根据权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一上行信号包括随机接入前导序列preamble或解调参考信号DMRS。The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the first uplink signal comprises a random access preamble sequence or a demodulation reference signal DMRS.
  8. 一种信号传输方法,其特征在于,包括:A signal transmission method, characterized in that it comprises:
    发送第一下行信号;Sending the first downlink signal;
    接收第一上行信号,所述第一上行信号包括于第一上行信号分组中,所述第一上行信号分组与所述第一下行信号是相对应的,其中,所述第一上行信号分组包括于M个上行信号分组中,所述M个上行信号分组是根据上行信号的以下参数中的一种或多种进行分组的:序列生成参数、循环移位值、扩频码、和时频资源位置,M为正整数。A first uplink signal is received, the first uplink signal is included in a first uplink signal packet, the first uplink signal packet corresponds to the first downlink signal, and the first uplink signal packet Included in M uplink signal packets, the M uplink signal packets are grouped according to one or more of the following parameters of the uplink signal: sequence generation parameters, cyclic shift values, spreading codes, and time-frequency Resource location, M is a positive integer.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein the method further comprises:
    发送N个下行信号的配置参数,所述N个下行信号中包括所述第一下行信号,其中,N为正整数;Sending configuration parameters of N downlink signals, where the N downlink signals include the first downlink signal, where N is a positive integer;
    对于所述N个下行信号中的一个下行信号,所述一个下行信号的配置参数用于指示如下至少一项:所述一个下行信号的标识、所述一个下行信号的时域资源参数、所述一个下行信号的频域资源参数、所述一个下行信号的序列生成参数、所述一个下行信号的扩频码的参数、和所述一个下行信号的循环移位的参数。For one downlink signal among the N downlink signals, the configuration parameter of the one downlink signal is used to indicate at least one of the following: the identifier of the one downlink signal, the time domain resource parameter of the one downlink signal, the A frequency domain resource parameter of a downlink signal, a sequence generation parameter of the one downlink signal, a parameter of a spreading code of the one downlink signal, and a parameter of a cyclic shift of the one downlink signal.
  10. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the method further comprises:
    发送所述M个上行信号分组的配置参数;Sending the configuration parameters of the M uplink signal packets;
    对于所述M个上行信号分组中的一个上行信号分组,所述一个上行信号分组的配置参数用于指示如下至少一项:所述一个上行信号分组的标识、所述一个上行信号分组中各上行信号的时域资源参数、所述一个上行信号分组中各上行信号的频域资源参数、所述一个上行信号分组中各上行信号的序列生成参数、所述一个上行信号分组中各上行信号的扩频码的参数、和所述一个上行信号分组中各上行信号的循环移位的参数。For one uplink signal group in the M uplink signal groups, the configuration parameter of the one uplink signal group is used to indicate at least one of the following: the identifier of the one uplink signal group, each uplink signal group in the one uplink signal group The time domain resource parameter of the signal, the frequency domain resource parameter of each uplink signal in the one uplink signal group, the sequence generation parameter of each uplink signal in the one uplink signal group, the spread of each uplink signal in the one uplink signal group The parameter of the frequency code and the parameter of the cyclic shift of each uplink signal in the one uplink signal group.
  11. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述一个下行信号的配置参数还用于指示所述一个下行信号所对应的上行信号分组。The method according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the configuration parameter of the one downlink signal is further used to indicate the uplink signal group corresponding to the one downlink signal.
  12. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述一个上行信号分组的配置参数还用于指示所述一个上行信号分组所对应的下行信号。The method according to claim 10, wherein the configuration parameter of the one uplink signal group is further used to indicate the downlink signal corresponding to the one uplink signal group.
  13. 根据权利要求8-12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 8-12, wherein the method further comprises:
    发送第一信令,所述第一信令用于指示N个下行信号与所述M个上行信号分组的对应关系,所述N个下行信号中包括所述第一下行信号。Sending first signaling, where the first signaling is used to indicate the correspondence between N downlink signals and the M uplink signal groups, and the N downlink signals include the first downlink signal.
  14. 根据权利要求8-13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一上行信号包括随机接入前导序列preamble或解调参考信号DMRS。The method according to any one of claims 8-13, wherein the first uplink signal comprises a random access preamble sequence or a demodulation reference signal DMRS.
  15. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,用于实现权利要求1至7任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized by being used to implement the method of any one of claims 1 to 7.
  16. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于实现权利要求1至7任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized by comprising a processor and a memory, the memory and the processor are coupled, and the processor is configured to implement the method according to any one of claims 1 to 7.
  17. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,用于实现权利要求8至14任一项所述的方法。A communication device characterized by being used to implement the method according to any one of claims 8 to 14.
  18. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于实现权利要求8至14任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized by comprising a processor and a memory, the memory is coupled to the processor, and the processor is configured to implement the method according to any one of claims 8 to 14.
  19. 一种通信系统,包括权利要求15或16所述的通信装置,和权利要求17或18所述的通信装置。A communication system comprising the communication device according to claim 15 or 16, and the communication device according to claim 17 or 18.
  20. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行权利要求1至14任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized by comprising instructions, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 14.
PCT/CN2020/107624 2019-08-16 2020-08-07 Signal transmission method and communication apparatus WO2021031874A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910762048.9A CN112399457A (en) 2019-08-16 2019-08-16 Signal transmission method and communication device
CN201910762048.9 2019-08-16

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021031874A1 true WO2021031874A1 (en) 2021-02-25

Family

ID=74603242

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/107624 WO2021031874A1 (en) 2019-08-16 2020-08-07 Signal transmission method and communication apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN112399457A (en)
WO (1) WO2021031874A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116781468A (en) * 2022-03-09 2023-09-19 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20110211499A1 (en) * 2007-08-09 2011-09-01 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Method, base station, and user terminal for implementing uplink resource indication
CN103841603A (en) * 2012-11-20 2014-06-04 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Uplink packet scheduling method and equipment

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11432310B2 (en) * 2016-03-27 2022-08-30 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for transmitting and receiving uplink demodulation reference signal in wireless communication system, and apparatus therefor
CN107370572A (en) * 2016-05-12 2017-11-21 株式会社Ntt都科摩 For the feedback method and device of transmitting uplink data
CN108282876B (en) * 2017-01-06 2022-03-25 华为技术有限公司 Uplink transmission method, terminal and network side equipment
CN108631988B (en) * 2017-03-24 2020-12-04 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for data transmission

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20110211499A1 (en) * 2007-08-09 2011-09-01 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd Method, base station, and user terminal for implementing uplink resource indication
CN103841603A (en) * 2012-11-20 2014-06-04 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Uplink packet scheduling method and equipment

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
LG ELECTRONICS: "Valid subframe for downlink and uplink transmission", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-155362 VALID SUBFRAME FOR DOWNLINK AND UPLINK TRANSMISSION, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Malmö, Sweden; 20151005 - 20151009, 4 October 2015 (2015-10-04), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP051002272 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN112399457A (en) 2021-02-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11363499B2 (en) Resource configuration method, apparatus, and system
WO2018228335A1 (en) Pilot signal sending and receiving methods and apparatuses, device, and storage medium
JP6958958B2 (en) A method for retrieving the quantity of resource elements in a communication process, and related equipment
JP7413398B2 (en) Methods, terminal devices and base stations for random access procedures
US20230121167A1 (en) Interference rejection combining method, resource indication method, and communication apparatus
JP7142721B2 (en) Communication method and communication device
US20230171059A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US11856594B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving control information in wireless communication system
WO2019096282A1 (en) Detection window indication method and apparatus
US10784938B2 (en) Data processing method and apparatus
WO2020048481A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022061507A1 (en) Information transmission method, devices, and storage medium
US20220052789A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021031874A1 (en) Signal transmission method and communication apparatus
US20200281025A1 (en) Random access method, network device, and terminal
WO2022002005A1 (en) Sequence generation method and related device
US20210195568A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022082792A1 (en) Signal transmission and signal detection method and apparatus
WO2022040995A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN116033558A (en) Method for transmitting and receiving physical uplink control channel and communication device
CN116584059A (en) Communication method, device and system of reference signals
US11546075B2 (en) Method and device for pilot sequence transmission
WO2021027691A1 (en) Codeword transmission method and device
WO2023051173A1 (en) Data transmission method and related apparatus
WO2022237623A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20854380

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20854380

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1